HomeMy WebLinkAbout1972 ,A,y ! Yti .I"yY i;rEd t ` ~ ~1~4 A a 1ytA J'I t J ~ti~E`4,°~ is v~, Cy t' f , "4 'tl;~'~r7* rr '.t l'•
"Cr tvi. ~if A x 7~}~ t'.Jp~Yr lid h % t ai r'~~ •i -'4.~ w.f c'r jby J!'J.' {j~~ 041
( 'rr A r' 7 IS ~i~.7° I If +k rr trY y.v S,y SRI t r~rlr wll f.x YJ~'_ X+r.'•r• t~1 .d rMd,~~}r , T l,.I a1`Y~tj
YS~lY i7. i Y w ",.'A
~ 4 ~ IRt ~U1 1r rt1 ~~r~ f" r dt~~ r d~A'r rF~ }.~~r~.. P r!~~ } ~r +'F}"r~.~ YJY,{yi MYy'j.'{'
'a f • r a ~i 7'X . rY! J ~ ~L l~t / ri r r ✓ ` X t i~ t Y Y`e,y s~ o ( f
~fi~ , 1t.
*#~xJ 1,~4 ~m 1~~,[r~'yl
p Y~r1 } Et r, v 1+~ tit , ~!.A t$¢!(f y`..15 '{\k r Y r A r I.r~ ~(r~r~(t f i~ Xr.l'♦~
~•R a ,~r, Owl v~'. ¢7}' r 4S f+74+1 A L'.A 0 }j{'*,J v tf~~ 14i rra ti dd'Rt 11 r ~i
i ~Ff'~77 {~a~' .res: r 'i ' r ij.''{ i' i r~ 1 a :a !}jr,P 1 L" Rfir r
1.J YR r~ i Y Xtt r F r p 1:; r Y h x t t i { rr I r! +1~r rr• r, VY r'41 X I
X~'' 9 ~ f ~ 1 t Y 444P rt' #Y ~ t r I r1 ~A , 1- ~ ~ r f'iLL
.a(, e R ~ ~ ~ . l i v •ya
'r,4p. PLI y r u r ,11 ~ .,~a
1° ~ 1 ~ 1 ~ a. A rSlttj t r' tt^y aY a } r Y+r i v ~~1 9
I}+ t ~ti. ~i 1 t~0~~ ~ )y ~ r ~~eAt ~Ir ~rll r ' V S~4' fi 4 tJf Ifa ~ Y~+rl'7 ,R • r~ fd `jt ~r~ rly 'r ,1 !r raR
tt^~}7~,~~~1
r t ` a y~ty r
a ~ t X 1 r'
r r ~ a~ ~ r ° s a ~ r J r, r Y~ ii i P I f a i ~ 1 a Y' i r' I ,1 7 r r P 1~ ..,r a a
1 ~ f~ i ra l d~ 1 i ~ A ' o r! 1 A 1 ~ if i^• r~ f 1 r S ~ V~ Y t r' r` n a{ , ~ 1~
4'G A~ 1' F, Y +Y 1~ t ~ t ~ i . r' 1 I t i 7 t 1} f
n ~1 ~t I: ~ f Y I 1
" I ~risr Yti'~n r7N ( ,4 f r 't r 1 I rt 4 r) 1 't x .a ' 1
a I~~~ y ~.{A V •~rr r r r.~l•~r i+ i ir. ~ii
t r t + t t a 7 , t I
n r t ~ / ~ ~ f r ~ a ~ i •A f ri
KY f `
r
r 11', q A r I "a i ~
T~'t 1
t 9, ~ 1 r ~ L
' •I, 1 r.II r r
Syr; R „ ! I r
1,14 1( t
~ ,a ,s ~ •~t 'rr, t t, 1 ~
V r S~ AJ A~~~~r ~b~~ C ~ r Cdr
f i 1 r i I ,1 r r A A C4 I
t rr d ~ 1 f
R J • t , s to `,1 I I ` r r ly Y,..l V1 J 1 kI <s 1
'r ~r 3' Ir f, 1 i I r 1 1 r.
f Tr ~ t IatA '.r 1 Ali d ~ _r. J i11' r , ^ y
3~ ~ i i t ~ I di r •~'r r f r I 1 Dd~ 4t r'•Lr 54 ii 1
~ ~~t ( i•'- r i 'i I t • S', i "1
/ 4 s l ~l t" I d f+ ~t r, ~ + e P i r t l i f , ♦ r r 'i ~ .rv e
,a yr 1~ I .1! ~~t ° r 7 ~X.A, .1r 1 f a
1 "
i
1x y r r I'. I j
r t 41 ,
>W • y Y" t ~.a 1~Y r.r 4Q a f F.r ~ I' j'' lY. .j t.
I R' ~yrI /ill t } r r
1 A 4, l Yak ..YI a~ r r d r r w r a ,Y '1
ri r. Y R ,V•f'~ 'A~'r~I rI ~r A fb t ` . ,J, r V
A ' 1 Ya Y}Irr, a g 4 4 Y Y Jy. PI Z Y r o,~' ~+4 e i r r' r R f+
~ f r ~ ' r~/I 4~ ( (,l~f ~ ~ ♦ ~ A~ aI 'f~ dt r r t r . ~ "Iy~..
r 1 .1 x , t • r• + m
L J AOA I l•• 1rN ~Ir [ i 'Er f A1~r
{ A ' 't rl r rr r t/'r tv
4 ' Y 1 r F , L f \ J
r r
i ea4t Y r j a X r ' r .r x r ,,I { r I t I + 7r ~4r + _
1! Yf l t r ~ r , r r e i fr ri
3 ..l i rr+ Y ,,J!rr t,
r T c f~' ` t jy ir 6 F e 1 y Y 7 R
r T r r r, r xi it ) F ~ r 1-a 1. i Y.+ r tl.,,~ t i r.t Ika 1 '071L /'~~-Y fi.e ~'.e ~"6T k t r 'i a .a~j"~.('~.r~ ra t
r j} i ! ~ ~ y . ~ r• .r r d.Y. ,r ~tpr ".e^ E~ F~n' 1' v,._N
f a r ,:tip k 1-i , ~y~t. t4 I d Y~ Cr r~"d'Y ;r,4Yµ~' ry, rs it f3 fY7tilt~ #+.~'~i f}r' } 1. i~~'~~'J'p~~.• '~ti
+VY ff ii t r p
It Y t~ ~ r W f:~ S'• i ~ F f 7,
`t'S,,)
r Y r;~ 1 t r r rA p ~ n + ~ ,,~J fX d Ya ,Cyr 1' 1 5 r me d ~
r + / r " 1 a t i p t° t t 1, ~ q. J r rF
~ I r, ~i $'tt3~°y~A~ ~ ~t'~r~ e'~~ar~~~sY I fa*r a~ J" nw f yu~fn5 ~y4tM ` e Y d~q+•,+ ilI! a~
u 1S + + l• l Y F YV ~ / ~ } J.t ~ r.t 1 , + f~~ d ~
v
r A~. ~ ~~~A r' rf~ "'~I.' ~ 1f K,' ~¢•yt^ ,~y ,r:: rk l~-a .i<
1
SPE.C'I IF' I CATIONS
AND
DOC'UMEN TS
hIUNICIPAL ELECTRIC
GEi GRATING STATION
UNIT S
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
SPECIFICATION 1901 I)•8
CONTRACT ISSUE
EMPIRE ELECTRIC CO., INC.
2891 Bledsoe Street
Coil Worth. Texas 76107
BLACK & VEATCH
Consulting Engineers
Kansas City, Missouri
1971
ti•
cr
2
Q ~e J
■ I J
3 or ~ ~ ~ao .y'~ c •i0 0 ~ ~ ~
0. o a t ~ m c m~ ~ pr
Q p ~ >i p C C i ~ m~ O O F ' r-' ~ a 000 0
e~ o a e ~ 3 o a 9~ 9~, i ~ c m~
1 u s v t $ s a ~n.•~v•
C; cc
y J `oy i
: a r i a a c U ; v E c v r0y 71 ti
y ; b c 5 n
r-i
~A O 2
G• ° `p. C r. i• C • • f V•C+ b U T G 4 T Y ~L. 0 • ~13A1
.~__1 VV CJ C 7 m ld. M C d go i O. s, s' r e o v - ~`N y
41 C
v~l U a ~t. J .C. ~ E ~ °oe °i• ° ~ yr ; ° i J E t p'~ ~ ~,o
936
c E rs
C = 2 `m N c °
t m r
_ = M ctl C F.' 4 p R 3••• v o J % S : Y L ~J' i E ti a 0 V,
\yjC+~ SL .c it o 'L7 V ~ a~ ° o e "c r c r i'' r , %I E y E z L `p f
N N 0 a s fi° < r 0} v Ll :J r, ` E `y, • m
7. ¢ C s 3 E O O d Y 0 ~ a i ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ - O j # 9 Y 5 n L
V ~ + 7 w ~ '4 1' n yy
CC it
H ~ o ~ a ° U p ~ O a i e ~ S ~ e ~ e ~ ZC ~ ~ $ y ` 5' ` r ~ < < e
Q O ti O N V G .0. a C' a. U C r E J_ O
'L c 'a d K 3 ° 6 c°. • 5 S E e J c
J
f O ` C7 Y b >
i
• S° U ; e i Z y 5 c f C
W 0 A S V i C S i s ° ice' :7 " C < y r S .o. .O Y r f f T
O t' ~ ~ ~ c N q ~ ° c e`'° s o° 7 ~ c r 5 c ~<X!CaG" ~ 3 c' a ~ c.
a C c p • S a
` f+. I• C I.7 m Y C O $ „0:0- a .O E'~ < r. 3 C a 0 c C, E
o - - • °
$ 9v 3 N c y e S e e' c V s y n r e- • F U
JO t
5 3 G V s'. L y i r a i i L C[ V z E r c£ t'
.O J0 • r Y s o > a u c u a -~v Y< -
~ y t. ~ rl T C ~ 5 ~ r g • - C 9 7 ~ Fl 1, i ~ 'J f~ Z s ~ o i`y n` ~ c v r,
e = i N s
ti 5' 1 Y i n r E ° a
f, i aJ y 5 t A 'tl ¢
O O
r y 1. c a r i• • ,1, 4 5 r .i 7 ` - r@• e
_ E+ s= CuC O 0 .e a• c _r Cr s J Y * c s p r
~ d 7 ~ C S V .tia G r , m Pt' ~ i s~ ~ I V r ~ 7 0 ~ 7 ~ M ~ W p s V; .
C fC d° N C 9 C f1 v x C P. CG r N y v AS r
rl a Y s E • • O g C t Y~ . Zn o v E • e
o Q m c 0 a 9„` < Ca `y k i 6°. 5 Ci a v N
5 P ~ c n ~ ~ e m e i31 S r U e i ~`o i C•t T:. ~ m•<9 ~ o
k b '0 ; cc>' Y p~ V O 1>7 A '9 { y O P P T y. L
d L r C 0 6> .7 T T•' 0 Q O f O .n 0 0 d m '~~sC V T Vdt) p J• 0 9 T V
_ o c $ E n p a 9 • • 3 v 7 Q l W C~ d o a >I 9 c c E W j
a a °m V a°05 <o7:e•FC FAO ocz ce 0 9U~ x 9sa a
c ~ 4 p
O~ Q ~c5 v` a ~ q b' ~ 9 5~ C 3 ~ 5~ 5 ti °e °o ~ o
EC"~ 5 T o b o n 5 r xWx pp w ~ a J >
oV `083 ~5 e5 `os ~ s° HU ~ o ~ r 6A
e.-5'.-°. m u nSo V
. "q 3>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
age thru Page
BIDDING 3tEQU1R'!MENTS P
Advertisement A-1 A-3
Inbtructions to Bidders B-! B-5
Proposal C-1 C-9
Contractor's Unit Price Revisions
Contractor's Letter Dated August 12, 1971
Proposal Data D-1 D-10
Contractor's Equipment Data Revisions
CONTRACT FORM
Contract Agreement CA-1 CA-2
Performance Bond PB-1 PS-2
i
CONTRACT REGULATIONS
i
I General Conditions CC-1 GC-18
Special Conditions SC-1 SC-11
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
Section
IA Description and Scope of Work 1A-1 IA-3
lb Drawing Schedule I8-1 18-3
IC Engineering Data IC-1 IC-2
1D Construction Schedule ID-1 1L%..2
lE Construction Services 1E-1 IE-2
IF Receiving, Handling and Storage IF-1 IF-3
DIVISION 30 - ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT
' Section
30A Owner-furnished Equipment 30A-1 30A11-1
30B Contractor-furnished Equipment 30B-1 30B12-1
30C Modification to Existing Equipment 30C-1 3OC-3
30D Equipment Erection 30D-1 30D-10
DIVISION 31 - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED MATERIALS AND
INSTALLATION
Section
31A Raceway 31A-1 31A-9
31B Conductors 3IB-1 31B-26
31C Grounding 31C-1 31C-3
31D Lighting 31D-1 31D-4
31E Intercommunication System 31E-1 31E-5
131F Freeze Protection 31F-1 31F-6
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904
I (ELECTRICAL C(`NSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971
TC-1
ENDORSEMENT
;ctZ Additional Premium
Return Premium _
Effective on and after ].23- 19 M , Standard Time
this endorsement forms port of policy No. If y 63 94 Expiration Date 3.23.74
Issued to tapirs filectrie Cooa Inc. City of Dentoo~ Texas and block i Watch =ndineors~ as
their Interest stay appear
By_ United States firs Insuratcs Company
It is nnd.iitood and &&rood that the right of rubroaetion is hereby waived
with respects tot
Respire Rlectetc Coopaays Inc.
City of Dentoot Tesu
Black and Vastch Raginesrs
All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. r~
~urhCnlW R~pr~~~nbhv•
j AN GREGORY & TOWNSEN
fM 0 O 177 6ii PFV Sj 67 Cl,hl{D K U 5 BR \
1
I. f ~ .1 '%0 r ..,ploy `t R.R L{ty" e.
CERTIFICAXE OF, INSURANCE
% i
1415 11 To CERTIFY that Ilia (o1k.InQ policies, subject to thole farm. co,tditfeas and nelaolens. Aare been issued
by This Is nol a pe&y of Insuronu, nor is it on endertanent snaking IM potion, tied or cap°t°ilon at whole toques, It is dewthised to adny,
on the policy eri0 011 referred Its harele. In Rho seem of cancellation of on such any Wi an give the insured
ditional named huNn days written notice prig b canahet{on If the number of days IN Rol sto lted sheretn`fbnthe spade,vw period of police shall
be
Ave 131 days,
1
NAME AND ADDRESS OF PARTY TO WHOM CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED
NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
City of Denton emirs Blectric Co an Inc*
Denton, Texas Ps 0e Box 590 yP
Fort Worth# Texas 76101
J
Amended Certificate
1rD1 OF iNSURAtttE FaIC" EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION
NUMBER' DAII UAlt HOW% OF IIA14Jttir•
Wortmen's Compeneolion
Statutory
WC 638446 1/1/72 1/1/73
1n tonformance with the Compan•
cation taw of the state of
Texas & Oklahoma
F bUc ltobiBry S Each person
lead ly Injury
loch Accident
1 An, egate Products
S Each Atcddent
Public Uobi4ty : Aggregate ODroperry Damage Aggregate ProS Aggregate ►rodvete
: Aggregate ControNvol
Automobile fAoa'ly Injury) Each Person
Automobile iProperty Damogei Each Accident
S Each Aeetdem
s
Comprehensive
Catastrophe Liabilit DC1r 488275 1/72 1/1/73 s 1 QOO 000e
IPM, toJf,e.os. t . { 8 nq a tail
Akseneo of any a►ptyrlato entry moons na seek Inwreaee b In Fereo.
REMARKS: port Denton municipal ileetria generating 8tationt Unit S. Denton,
Texas*
Dated. ,,.....1/1/.7.2.... Ynternationai Insurance Co
y
MRIJ .......................,...p ~ ~
ICompony? ,...Bryan a o
fly y-
100
,`I~AnGOt+t~Ui iNSUdo NCE COMPANY
HOME OFrICEi MENLO PARK, CALIFORNIA
CERTIFICATE ARGONAUT-SOUTHWEST INSURANCE COMPANY
OF HOME OFFICE: BATON AOUGE, LOUISIANA
INSURANCE ARGONAUT-NORTHWEST INSURANCE COMPANY
MOM[ OF1lCE: 80169, IDAHO
Th4 Is to cerr.fy that the COMPANY designated above has ISSU04 to the named insured the pol;cy(r) enumeroted below, subject to all the terms of such policy(.).
In s CoolAcofe of Insurance neither offarnatively or negatively amends, extends or offers the coverage afforded by such pohcy(s). In the event or any moterlol
cr.anjo in or concellution of the poi-cy44 the COMPANY will make every effort to notify Me cerf,rcote holder, but undertokes no resporu,b1iry of failvl• to do a
CERTIFICATE HOLDER AND ADDRESS NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS
edAMENDED
City of Denton EiTIRE ELECTRIC COMPANY
2604 Bledsoe
D,:nton, TaxaF, Fort Worth, Texas 76101
if certificoto holder is o loss payee with respect to the described auto, check here
POLICY NUMBER KIND Of INSURANCE AND COVERAGES LIMITS EXPIRATION
WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION 1 Statutory
EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY I f CDOeach accidcnt
BODILY INJURY LIABILITY f 100 000 eachpefson
^CL- 3-2112- I EXCEPT AUTOMOBILE ' f 000 each occident
71161
= 3,00 , 000 each occurrence 1-1-73
_ s 300 , 000 aggregate products
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 000 each occident
EXCEPT AUTOMOBILE ' f 100 000 each occurrence
f 100 , 000 o9gregate operations
$ 100 ,000 o90re9ate protective
S 100 , 000 aggregate products
I tic) DDO oggeo9ate controctuoi
S
BODILY INJURY LIABILITY f 100 000 each Doeson
~i-40-2d2- - AUTOMOBILE f 000 each occidomt
711316 s } , 000 each occurrence { 1-1-73
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY S 100 000 eachocddant
AUTOMOBILE • S 0"0 o each occurrence
MEDICAL PAYMENTS - AUTOMOBILE f 2 each person
F PHYSICAL DAMAGE - AUTOMOBILE - ACTUAL CASH VALUE NLESS OTHERWISE STATED
I COMPREHENSIVE f PP Only
f COLLISION OR UPSET' LESS S 100 deductible
FIRE AND THEFT &-CAC If Commercial
' iF COMPREHENSIVE LIABILITY, CHECK HERE
)escrl, ion of Operations, Locations, or Automobiles Covered; or Add tional Coverages; or Special Condition.
Electrical Coctractor in Texas
Comproh.ansivo General - Automobile Liability including Contractual
and Producvi coverage.
`ROOUCER AND ADDRESS ARGONAUT INSURANCE COMPANY
AROONAUT•SOUTHWEST INSURANCE COMPANY
• AROONAUT•NORTIIWEST INSURANCE COMPANY
Bob McFail Insurance
Sui Agency / ~
240F1 ?~ontgomeryery, Suite # 1 '
Fort Worth, Texas 76107 ~R[elDtNt
FD AT Dc711c15.-.T@XdS.- ON _ ._~<lntklry-27 19_.72_ I L'
i
es r,nrt lnr 1
r
THi CQM►ANT HAMID ON Till DMARATION MGI 10 D.alel. Who r VA Itl'll or k"'rgl oft wi,el if tt' e~nl W 11 MAR M w'. M toll 1101,0`11"I rIt 11 t.ar Itr uarlr h We^.o
M M
pi'm i to pie An! t una7'rr M t Cir4s in 1'4 part D' S VIKI be „Ialrl }N Cpl." l No 4's h ra r Iraq A rrtfrl a
hlW ttlR, hIW tORR a 1f[N,
D Il (t 1 f1D! Ntd,1 it, Irwl a tn'1 Chi v it" W 111t Fl teal wtuf Of CWF.%lt A fat ehhed
J to; to' d [t :,-Ai, De', t uD,d the CIrirfl ww MNI 04 l e.ll di do's P.111 M wrrN r lowlild, Itcepl 1f 1'dOgdMftl
him I P1 N al pK} SD. Inlpowwt 1•a 11'<D sl4l be r4 1 lug-whd r tlw4• 1 1 drat era
{t'ed • In iM 111111 n.l Irl 41 NI IlrrEa•e nag I prl tl'$I' >.`?,wl la PI !M Vrrnl r^d n tr~arl to q.e pM/ NOW u h tl dlee tonwd /1 tae ixlry
17. Crdnnf V itCdt. beet IX All k'KI t hie re In r f ii
C~ , e i tt fete: v' Pt SINr . t•r 1 feel DaIK} R M.19 1 I nrnet Intapt drd Is LooriDra 26 tllHlt ifl"It Till 1`301,011 io 14 , kll Al M ,I et rob
Is I r• 1dr1. D.111 r ea ,2 51'1• e t I.',: JI s+rl Iq'} n.y t I IF
n 1 t,t
"111,r- 1 1nl Amer! W lg01Nf11^d lot, "slD e lil nd .l tl'fa Lt r""'"t J'..1
1. M111le .rl,;r141)t !"it, r ra'.C . 1D R"( 11
I-`r , t d f h I 1. "NO" .f f a " tt r.,.'N n wMer. , 1Yu:r: IS t0 t 't i I5r / : ^.,'1 (nrred r
- 1 t P. a It 1. to IM P"l 11 '1#
r I.t 'It .r r ^r r .^r . v a t t : , I n0 r IY I s'rof'•.e Ct r re :;1 N IF t '1 f.!ti_1 ry dt" r 27, Irnop mill t1,, IT rnN It wild M
bl D1kd Ye: W tr♦I 111
1' MA 0 l ♦ r.- n , .e .x l II r 1 11 P. trlI by, 1,' pl Ir. 1 It w Da., a ^I 1'r 11.. 04 of i 1, "•t
r Y •t r . Pa tl U,A h' u : rs.n n s.ln cdmCdl ♦ dr "I rl t ul.te/ Y (.^InTA It 1' r o r 11 yr . -r ;r pr r•: .1 't l I 9
r .Y
4. I hrlrrt 11 Drr volt ;nr nr.•mr of Mn 0, 11 a 1N r: r•wor. J,d rmrr.n ( 1 d r -t a ti r• •.v t✓n. ''1 ,^ln I'
2 I r, f 1 t I 1 -.1 N r [ r I -r IF A H 1 r. 9e I rv `ro'e r7 ha DI I f r't ( t s to . AT
(r , r OIL" 'I
r •.l l r e r pr 1 be 1 I, t prs:r r'K^ to nr ID. Irr l t rrsl I Od' .I I t c k11 f1 1'CDrtf M'.•t too ' 1 t t it y Lx w
♦ - t.- ee v Al
r u 1 1 r d 'F, I a I -`t dh♦ t to r call It PI C' r t drnn l lL r it nC P1 9 ~ I IF ~~f~:e 751 1111,44 Sll'rl H I 1 t 11 1 e p a .
tom. , -YN, R• v 4 v Io%
• . 1 , .t' 7'' o l ta', a, r1• W _I .,i t IN let M Itr w l IF r' JI Q' Irr •
J I I I:r 1• r. 1,t „ - V ~d ID rv t' ,r, 1 .M I It • C't n. CY, 5.1 YN IF C) 'ae19 IF e e ^t 1r., o I ""r, tr In,'., :MhAto r
rva, r`t f r D+n •1 r d I.•.< • : ar At rN a r Mr r'
• a •n , y t,. • u ,t , •'r yr , Dv I", In lnl rr.l C the f , $ i Ft! 1111he„I D VAN ♦'I: 1'If !t Col N ral e~ 'rf t •n
;•1 t
A - a A I i. I I - . d. nl• 0+ 1 :1 I r JV t rr f 1 Y I- q,V. 4
, e l r n em
~.y 1 (r°rfl r r 1 m 1 roll n 1 t r I > t -I 00 9 .I d 1 I At
21 M +n D ar. , a' I •rv•1 Ia r "h• r1 t.. r^1n c I , t
I y Ft I 1 r J r f`I ^ I l r. • , Y 1f t (J••.'I
It n r r: r rr' Ir, t ° r Cp C.; vC", "I I 1 PS cl eL M~ I .n,Al. [tv q 1 wl dr tN t
IF [ w
v r r a on V r 28 &0 frlaar "'p - I :51 1 o tN1 •r %I I
_ rail .l qr.. I` „•rlll, r,yrv1
'1 • : v 1 1 :1 ' 1 -I ' 22 Ce. 11,1~1r1n1 d r e r a C'nrp, thrr^ h Da to I r. Mri, e n a s .,of tan .t♦ In . 11
1. 1 r 1 . J ; r C 1 1 1 11 111 . a rer d A I, 7•, J , r r t 1r,u r (5 "Ie a !]Y 'P r e IF IF, I I- F, r I At
e , t 1 1 h r d C r or A.
q d
Crb 1 I ♦ 1 A
r M1'. 1 M ,
r o t !11 ,rf u e r t Y'r ( r,ll
1 1 v J It i'+ , •'1 1 h t • y♦ 1R
r •r J 1•- I' r I"1 t I•.,f Al I 1 I W J..: I 1 r i r' 1 Y I t mm A tt
hl "r t 43 k'"[ t n of tr ! L , V" 1.. Al I^, wed h1 a> 'I' I r
r.',^ r ,f 1 ♦a rr,n ^n 0 9 III , f, I h's,•t r. u I lv'I r 4 we .0 } K r no me M
i IC e t
. , 1 a ^1•r. , t rr1„'+♦; TA rr d rr (.^rl'1 'e ,'a Pd a r1" 1-0 1, alzarl b 1
- ,ti,d 23 t n,--' e t , I d• , t e .r 5 1 , r ° r r
14 04 r e 1c1 I' IF t I
t ale
t I., w
'..r ♦ I r f t r n a , 1 1 r 1 li'. r'!r' 5 1 0. t. ( Iit r I , / !'N
I •1r ♦r r1. 11 •°i•! !lt NJJ4.1,1!F 'e Cr 'rl r a^d 1, 11 rla to ft •d tl'IIUb. I, 1. .rl `t 1Y+ p-r r'at
IT- "I
. r e s "r 'r 1 r 1 1 4 '1 rl„ IF C r , I .'t I qr d• [•r d r in to, ra t1w hij.1 to 1, ♦'.`e, . t • I:I r, t (r to r p r v {,.P
A I, o IF
n •'r
'1 4
n . t • n 1 . „ t of
r. IT 1°f a t1"
tl
' .:'1'21 r • 11r fell :r
Ilrw IY,YDI rw. 1141 Y
• r
CNECICUII N ZISDt~:lAt 071 3 2~7 r
-Cdo:
$ERVICE OFFICE COP
INLAND FLOATER DAILY REPORT (see (nstruCllons Bao+
94
DMARATIONS
O
a 11eC. CITY OF DFMOtI *
A 1 EXPIRE CLECPRIC CO. s
✓ lttntCt[ ~I1Jured MW 1,011) UhrK & VBATCSI EtiCltiaERSe as thrt yoT
M ADDRESS BOX ox 590 p.Vt.. Vt.. 1apforth ith„ Texas PUNCH
(Number R street, Town, CeuelY 6 Slate) S 590 "
_ .74 - at coon - -
~ Policy_Purad Naot1._st,maKf acme 1t DIKE Of 155Ud".r From 329.72. 3.23.
REPRESENTAWL Aecnl Q? DrolIer Bryan Cregory & Towteen
Office Address Box 1893
W Tewn and State Fto worths Tioxav 76101
If•I 2016
EW_
RENED 6Y (i0
f r •
OTHER POLICIES IN FOPC1? '~.c1•r~y
REtECTEDi_..----- i^~$$ay.>' `.ti~s1'.
CANCELED?.__
AGENT eor~µ- s a wrovkwtw~:
PLEASE INSERT
An,iunl $ 342 154?, nil Rate 470 Premium $ 20398.00
am f ^S I "re Ile et1QVe Nlillej Ir; dd, hl'I CiA'.tt:r
In C S,:rd'.' n CI t o St .:i,n 5 Elfin Ca",:~ a"~ r} t r c,,.^ atio i Y
T date shunn a2~re, at
c. n»n, Stannard
a C, a sr•~.•, .e et t to the ~cn
P a c >oLe spec fled tr, the folio ing cpfrty
3me d at he l .l usuance, to an a-rounl Q,Sn 11cri Ile describced d p,not eti:eedln^ the en~a ~ t
l c
- -
! ~c~ a u,l, c a S 1 hp C7ndrl^I Sr~
This Prl,,y it r3drn3de atd - '''Ard Su6lfft 1 Y ,tr~ r, I,h are m ~ ~,e a p',t d thvi p ?
In"ether ».I', U h ~!r,or Fr r, sl .v tnt 1 L
*IMPORTANT INSTP.UCTIONSr MAIL THIS COPY TO LOUR REPORTING OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. DO NOT DESTROY.
Arrlhv,.rd F rm.w01
Iran I~: C~;uR err. t t 6a 9111YAN raPT'. fZY it T0WN5VN
Kf ~
INSTALLATION FWATER (Refinery & Power Plant Form)
PART OF POLICY Ii 63 )F THE tatted !Latta Fire INSURANCE COMPANY
PROPERTY COVERED
1. This policy covers materials, fixtures, supplietal equipment macainery end similar
property, except as hereinafter excluded, in which the assured ivis an interest or
for which the assured is legally liable, intended for use in or incidental to, the
installation, erection or completion of
Muatelyal Elsetrie Owwrattag :tattoa 05, Deatoap Tasaa
PROPERTY EXCLUDED
2. This Policy Does Not Cover:
(A) Buildings, but building materials and supplies are covered until such time as
they become part of any realty{
(B) Accounts, bills, currency, deeds, avidencts of debt, money, nolea, securities,
jewelry or precious stot,,a, plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or any
similar property;
(C) Animals, convey%rces de:signed for higtrway use, watercraft or aircraft;
(D) Tools, ontractore equiv.rent and any property not a part. of yr destsnci to be.
ccee a part of the installation described above.
SCCPF. OF' Co1'PAAGE
This Policy Covers the Property ]nst;red Hereunder:
(A) LPldle in due cour+e of transit at risk of the assured within and between the
states of the United States and the District of Calumbia, excluding Alaska snd
Hawaii, except while waterborne (other than while on regular ferries or railroad
carfloats); and temporary storage at locatior,a other than job
site;
(B) After delivery at job site(s) specified herein and while there awaiting and during
installation rintil
(1) Acceptance by the owner or purchaser, or
(2) Thirty ()0) days after completion of the project, or
The expiry of this inaurance,
Whichever first occurs.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this insurance ceases to cover
the project or any part thereof from the commencement of use for purposes for
which it was intended.
INLAND MARINF D0AR114.ENT
,Agent
RllAN CRFCpRY 4 TRWNSFN
IM - 202
Pagel 1 of 5
• INSTALLAnON FLOATER
PAG S 2
PERJ INSURED
ie. This policy insures against all risks of direct physical loss of or damage to the
property covered (including general average end salvage charges for which the
assured is legally liable) except as provided elsewhere in this policy.
PLRILS EXCLUDED
g. This Policy does not ,nsvtre
(A) Against
(1) Mechanical breakdown or derangement unless fire or explosion ensues, and
the perils of fire and .xplosion are not excluded elsewhere in this
policy, and then only for the loss, damage or expense caused by or
resulting from such fire or explosion)
(2) Unexplained loss, mysterious disappearance, or shortage disclosed by
taking inventoryl
Loss or damage to electrical apparatus caused by electricity other than
lightning unless fire ensues, and the peril of fire is riot excluded
elsewhere in this policy, and then only for the loss, damage or expense
caused by such ensuing firel
(B) Against loss, damage or expense caused by or resulting from:
(1) Brror, omission or defieiency'in design, specifications, worXuanship, or
materials, unless fire or explosion ensues, in which event, if the perils
of fire and explosion are not exeludsd elsewhere in this policy, liability
shall be limited to loss, damage or expense caused by or resulting from
such fire or explosion]
(2) Testing;
U ploslon, Rupture or Bursting of:
(A) Steam boilers, steam pipes, steam turbines or steer enginsal or
(B) Rotating parts of machinery caused by centrifugal farce unless fire
ensues, and the peril of fire its not excluded elsewhere in this
policy, and then only for the loss, damages or expense, cause3 by or
resulting from such firm
(4) Infidelity and dishonesty either or both of any person or persons in the
employment or service of the assured, whether during regular hours of
employment or note This exclusion xhall not apply to property in the
custody of carriers tar hirel
(g) Dryness or dampr.ss of atmosphere, freezing or other extremes of ttmperaturel
(b) Delay, loss of market, wear and tear, gradual deterioration, whether caused
by a peril insured against or otherwisel
(7) Interruption of business or other consequential loss extending Leyond the
direct physical lose of or damage to the insured property{
IN - 202
Page 2 of 5
INSTALLATION FLOATER
• PAGE
Neglect of tandaafterdanto use all y reasonable means to save and preserve
or when the property ise
property
so endangered;
(q) Perils as specified in the wcr risk exclusion clause contained in the
policy to which this form is Wissihedl
exclusion clause contained
secified in the
(10) Perils as
to i which this Applicable
form is sottachedl
i
(C) Against loss, damage or expense caused by, resulting from, contributed to or
aggravated by:
Except as respects property in due course of transit,
(l) Earthquake, o- earth movement;
(2) Flood, surface water, waves, tidal water or tidal wave, overflow of
streams or other bodies of water or ipray from any of the foregoing, all
whether driven by wind or not; water that becks up througha`evelcloexerts
drains; water below the surface of the ground including that driveways, exert
presaure on or flown, seeps or leaks through .ide.ralks,
elation walls, basement or other flocs r through doors, wi dos o other
openings in suck. sidewalks, driveways,
But the foregoing exclusions (1) and (2) shall not apply to loss or damage
caused by ensuing fire or explosion, and this Coof&firshand then li ablenot
only for such ensuing loss, provided the perils
excluded elsewhere in this policy.
SMI~,?ITIONS
6. Limit of Liability:
in any one loss, i r neral average, eaivage
The liability of the Company Y re the aggregate
charges, or other expenses shall not exceed f!_~ in
~t~tloo ~S~
tiuwiei~el >;t~aecls Oeaet~ti~
(A) i ~Z~S4Z'Of} On property at '
(B) >i Mgt Cowed On property at any temporary storage location
(G) _i 000600 On property while in transit as herein provided.
7. Deductibles
liceb adjusted sofiliabilitynd
leach claim for loss or damage separately occurring shall
from the amount of each such adjuV %6,~m, or the app le Amount ,
whichever is lsas, the sum of S elm shall be deducted. Such deductible snail
not apply to loss or damage by fire or lightninVa
8. Valuations
The Company shall not be liable beyond the actual cash value of the pral:erty at the
time any loss or damage occurs and the loss or damage shall be ascertained or eati-
mated according to such actual cash value with proper deduction for depreciation,
what then the assured to
however a~eelece shall
reFair or p
IM - 202 Page 3 of 5
INSTALLATION FLOATER
PAGE
q. Premium - rate - Minimum Premium.
(A) This policy is issued in consideration of a premium of 4 Z■ to-o _ said
premium being computed on the basis of a rate of t w per $100. Applied to
the contract price of 3 x:,S4=40•
(S) The Company shall not be liable for an amount exceeding the applicable limit
of liability stated herein nor for a greater percentage of any loss or damage
than the amount stated in 9(A) above bears to the actual contract price,
whichever is less.
(C) If the assured cancels this policy, earned premium shall be computed in
accordance with the customary short rate table and procedure. If the Company
cancels this policy, earned premium shall be computed pro rata.
(D) The actual premium consideration shall in no event be leas than $25.00 which
is hereby stated to be the minimum premium for this policy, except in the
event of cancellation by the Company.
10. Records:
The assured shall, as often as may be reasonably required during the term of this
policy or for one year thereafter, produce for examinatiun by the Company or its
duly authorized representative all their booke and records relating to the property
covered hereunder.
11. In case of loss or damage to any part of a machine or other article of interest
consisting,when complete for sale or use of several parts, the Company (it liable
therefor under the terms of this insurance) shall he liable only for the hrnportio::
of the insured value applicable to the part or parts lost or dam.iged or, at the
assured's option, repairing the part or parts lost or damaged.
12. Impairment of loss or carrier's liability:
It is understood and agreed that the assured may accept without prejudice to this
insurance the ordinary hill of lading or receipts issued by any can ier or other
bailee and in case of any agreement or act, pest or future by the assured whereby
any right of recovery of the assured, against any persons or corporations is re-
leased, lost or prejudiced, which would, except for such agreement or act, paps to
the Company upon acceptance of abandonment or payment of loss, th-n the Company
shall not be bound to pay such loss, or to make any advance whatsoever to the assured
by reason thereof. It is agreed by the assured that lie has not and will not enter in
any special agreement with any carrier or bailee releasing them from their common
law or statutory liability.
13. Other insurances
If, at the time of lose or damage, there is available to a named or unnamed r.ssured
or any other interested party any other insurance which would apply io the absence
of this policy, the insurance under this policy shall apply only as excess insurance
! over such other insurance.
I!1 - 202 Page 14 of J
e
INSTALLATION FLOATER
PAGE 14. Cancellation:
(A) This policy may be cancelled by the assured by surrender thereof to the
company or any of its authorized agents or by mailing to the Company written
notice stating when thereafter such cancellation shall be effective. This
policy may be cancelled by the Company by mailing to the assured At the
address shown in this policy or last known address N-ritten notice stating
when not less than fifteen (15) days thereafter such cancellation shall be
effective. The mailing of notice as aforesaid shall be sufficient proof of
notice. The time of surrender or the effective date of cancellation stated
in the notice shall become the end of the policy period. Delivery of such
written notice either by the assured or by the Company equivalent
shall be to mailing.
(13) Premium adjustment may be made at the time cancellation is effected and, if
not then made, shall be made As soon as practicable after cancellation becomes
effective. The Company's check or the check of its representative mailed or
delivered as aforesaid shall be sufficient tender of any refund of premium due
to the assured.
Insofar As they conflict, the conditions of this form shall supersede the conditions
of the policy to which it is attached.
(See policy for Additional conditions)
AGENT:
BRYAN GREGORY do TOWNSEN
IFS - 202 Page 5 of 5
ADVERTISEMENT
ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
FOR
PUBLIC UTILITIES BOARD OF THE
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
Sealed bids will be received by the City of Denton, Texas, at the office
of the Purchasing Agent, until 2:00 p.m. central daylight time on August
5, 1971 and then publicly opened for Electrical Construction which will
be incorporated in the Unit 5 Addition to the Municipal Electrical Gener-
ating Station.
Prospective bidders may examine copies of the drawings and specifications
at the office of Black & Veatch, Consulting Engineers, 1500 Meadow Lake
Parkway, Kansas City, Missouri.
Drawings and specifications will be issued only to those bidders who have
been determined by the City of Denton, Texas, to be qualified to bid.
Determination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based en-
tirely on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the
City and the Engineer not later than 21 days before the time set for
opening the bids. Each prospective bidder shall submit evidence that
he:
Maintains a permanent place of business
Has adequate plant equipment available to do the work properly
and expeditiously
Has an adequate financial status to meet financial obligations
incident to this work
Has adequate technical knowledge and practical experience
Has no just or proper claims pending against him on other similar
work
Has constructed at least three other projects of similar type,
complexity, and scope. Submitted evidence shall consist of a
listing of each project indicating the owner's name, location,
approximate dollar value, type of facility, date of completion,
and size and operating condition of major equipment.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904
)
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) A-1
063071
Qualified prospective bidders may obtain copies of the drawings and speci-
fications from the Consulting Engineers (mailing address - Black & Veatch,
p. 0. Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114) subject to the following
charges:
Deposit Refund
S $
Drawings and Specifications, one
complete bid set (includes three
copies of specifications and one $120.00 $60.00
set of drawings)
Specifications, one copy $ 20.00 $10.00
Drawings, one complete set $ 60.00 $30.00
individual drawings
30 inches by 42 inches $1.80 $0.90
11 inches by 22 inches $0.60 $0.30
8-1/2 inches by 11 inches $0.20 $0.10
The "Deposit" or "Refund" amounts will be returned to the bidders when
the specifications or drawings are returned to the Consulting Engineers
in good condition within 30 days r.fter the date set for opening the bid-
subject to the following:
To each bidder who submits a direct bid to the City of Dentoa,
Texas -
The "Deposit" amount will be allowed for one complete
bid set. The two copies of specifications and documents
submitted with the bid will be considered as having been
returned.
For each additional complete set of drawings or ccpy of
the specifications, the "Refund" amount only will be allowed.
To each subcontract bidder or prospective bidder wbo did not submit
a direct bid to the City of Denton, Texas the "Refund" amount only
j will be allowed.
I
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) A-2
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063011
v~
Duplicate copies of the proposal will be required, each copy prepared
on the printed bidding forms provided and bound with a complete copy
of the specifications and documents.
When filed with the Purchasing Agent, each bid shall be accompanied
either by an acceptable bidder's bond, a certified check, or a cashier's
check on any solvent bank, the amount of which shall be not less than
5 per cent of the amount of the bid. The bid security shall be made
payable to the City Treasurer of the City of Denton, Texas. Bid se-
curity of the successful bidders will be returned when their contracts
have been signed, filed with, and approved by the City. Bid security
of unsuccessful bidders will be returned on award of contract or re-
jection of bids.
No bid may be altered, withdrawn, or resubmitted within 60 days from
and after the date set for the opening of bids.
The City of Denton, Texas, reserves the right to reject any and all
bids and to waive defects in bids.
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
John Marshall
Purchasing Agent
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELEURICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) A-J
042971
~J
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
B.1 GENERAL. These instructions apply to the preparation of proposals for
equipment, materials, and field construction work for the City of Denton,
Texas, acting through its Public Utilities Board and City Council, herein-
after referred to as the "Owner".
B.2 PROPOSALS, Proposals shall be prepared and submitted in duplicate,
each copy containing a complete boiind copy of these contract documents.
Proposals which are not prepared in accordance with these instructions or
which are submitted without a complete bound copy of these contract docu-
ments will imply that the bidder does not intend to comply with all of the
contract conditions and such proposals will be considered irregular.
B.2.1 Preparation. F%1,h prc•poeal shall be prepared carefully using the
proposal and data forms bound herewith. Entries o:: the proposal and data
forms shall be typed, using lark black ribbon c,r leeibly •,rritten in b1F:cE:
ink. All prices shall be stated in words and figures except where the forrs
provide for figures only.
Each bidder :hall list in the space provided in the proposal form ail ex-
ceptions oe conflicts between, his pro;csal and these contract docu_,,ents.
If more space is required for this listing, additional pages may be addcu
behind the proposal form. If the bidder takes no exception to the contract
documents, he shall write "None" in the space provided for the listing.
proposals which do not comply with this requirement will be considered ir-
regular rnd may l,e rejected at the discretion of the Owner.
The bidder shall not alter any part of these contract documents in any
way, except by stating his exceptions in the srace provided.
The bidder shall staple or otrer+isc bind, with each bound copy of •ontract
dreumei.ts oubmitted, a signed copy of each adfiendUn issued for these con-
tract documents during t9ie bidding period. The bidder shall assemble :ill
drawings, catalog data, and other supplementary information necessar;' to
thoroug:ily describe materials and ^_quilment covered by this Proposal, wid
con-
shall attach such su?plemental information to the bound copy of these
tract documents submitted with the proposal.
B.2.2 signatures. Each bidder shall sign the proposal with his usuril
nature and shah) g1ve his full business address. Bids by partnerships zhall
be signed with the partnership name followed by the signature and designation
of one of the partners or other authorized representative.
~AS
(DENTON, TF',-
- x+904) B-1
(COINSTRUCTION )
100270
Aids by a corporation shall be ,irned in the nave of the corporation,
followed by the signature and designationn of the president, secretary,
or other person authorized to bind the corporation. The names of all
persons signing should also be: typed or printed below the signature.
A bid by a person who -affixes to his signature the word "president", "sec-
retary", "agent", or other designation, without disclosing his principal,
will be re,ected. When requested, ;atisfactory evidence of the iuthority
of the officer signing in behalf of tiie corporation shrA.11 be furnished.
Bidding corporations shall designate the state in which they are incor-
porated and the adiress of their principal office.
1 2.3 Submi.tal. Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope ad-
dressed to the CITY OF DENTOd, TEXAS, Attention: Purchasing Agent, aril
endorsed on the outside of the envelope with the bidder's name and the
name of the work bid upon.
A single proprietary interest shall not submit multiple Proposals for the
same work, even though the individual proposals are submitted under dif-
ferent names. Tiie Owner reserves the right to reject all proposals so
submitted.
B.2.4 Withdrawal. Proposals may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted
at any time before the time set for opening the bids. Proposals may not
be withdrawn, altered, or resubmitted within 60 d.,s thereafter.
B.3 'r'ROPOSA1 GUARANTEE. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a certi-
fied cheer, cr cashier's check drawn on any solvent bank, or by an acre;.-t-
able bidder's tons executes t, the bidder and a surety company authorized
to do business in the State of Texas in an amount of not less than 7 For
cent of the total bid.
The proposal guarantee shall be made payable with?ut rvnditicn to till Pity
Treasurer of the City of Denton, Texan, and the anount thereof may be re-
tained by said City of Denton, Texas as liquidated d.unages if the bidder's
croposal is accepted and the bidder fails to enter into contract in th-
form prescribed, with legally responsible surety, within 10 calendar days
after the date he is awarded the contract.
The proposal guarantee of each unsuccessful bidder will be returned after
award of contract or when his proposal is rejected. The proposal i;urLrantee
of the bidder to whom the contract is award^d '.rill be returned when said
bidder executes the Contract Agreement and files a satisfactory Performance
Bond. The proposal deposit of the second lowest responsible bidder may be
retai.ned for a period not to exceed 60 days pending the execution of the
Contract Agreement and Performance Bond by 1he successful bidder.
(DF.N'i'ON , TEXAS - 4904) R-2
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270
AL
B.4 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSAL. Each bidder shall submit
with his proposal pertinent information concerning proposed equipment and
materials and proposed construction organization.
B.4.1 Equipment and Materials. In addition to the information submitted
on the proposal and data forms, each bidder shall submit all specifications,
preliminary drawings, and similar descriptive information necessary to de-
scribe completely the equipment and materials he proposes to furnr_sh.
The proposal shall be based on new equipment and materials which conply
with specifications in every respect unless the bidder takes specific
exception as provided hereinbefore. If alternate equipment or materials
are indicated in the proposal, it shall be understood that the .=.mer will
have the option of selecting any one of the alternates so indicated and
such selection shall not be a cause for extra compensation or extension
of tine.
P.4.2 Contractor's Field Organization. each bidder eha'_i submit with his
proposal an organization chart showing the names of field r:anagement, super-
visory, a,d technical personnel, and the details of the management, Super-
visory, and technical organization which he proposes to ue.e for this project.
The successful bidder's organization will be subject ;.o the approval of the
Lamer. The experience record of the Contractor's field superintendent shall
be submitted with the bid.
B.5 TAXES, PERMITS, XiD LICr.PiJES. The bidder's attention is directed to
the provisions set forth in the General Conditions regarding taxes, pernits,
and licenses.
It shall be the bidder's responsibility to determine the Epy li^able taxes,
per^.eits, ujid licenses. If the bidder is in doubt as to whether or n-t a
t3.x, permit, or license is azplicable, he shall state in his proposal
-.};ether this item Las been include! in his bid price and the mount of tho
applicable tax, permit, or license i:: question.
f `i'~ 01; C011-TLETION. The time of completion of the work is a V1,.1c con-
.~ideraticn of the contract. 7ne proposal shall be based ur:n completion
,f the work in accordance with the specified schedule and, where completion
dates are requested in the proposal form, in accordance with the proposed
schedule as accepted by the Crwner. It will be necessary that the bidder
satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipulated
time.
Each bidder shall submit as a part of his proposal, his proposed construction
schedule to meet the specified operation and completion dates. The bidders
proposed schedule rill be subject to the Owner's approval and modification
as required to establish a detailed construction schedule.
(DE;;TON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION ) B-3
100270
In this connection, attention is called to the provisions of the attached
General Conditions relative to delays and extensions of time.
B.7 BOND. The contractor to whom the work is awarded will be required
to furnish a Performance Bond to the Public Utilities Board of the City
of Denton, Texas, - in an amount equal to 100 per cent of the contract
ninount. The cost of the bons shall be included in the lump staa bid price.
The bond shall be executed on the forms provided, copies of which are at-
tached hereto, signed by a surety company authorized to do business it, the
State of Texas and acceptable as surety to the Owner. With the bond shall
be filed copies of "Power of Attorney", certified to include the date of
the bond.
B.8 LOCAL CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall visit the site of the work acid
thoroughly inform himself of all conditions and factors which would affect
the work and the cost thereof, including the arrangement and conditions of
existing or proposed structures affecting or affected by the proposed
work, the procedure necessary for maintenance of uninterrupted oreraticn,
the availability and cost of labor, and facilities for transportation,
handling, and storage of materials and equipment.
it must be understood and agreed that all such factors have been investi-
gated and considered. in the preparation of every proposal submitted, as
there '.rill no subsequent financial adjustment to any contract awar,ied
thereunder which is based on the lack of such :rior information or its
effect on the cost of the work.
.9 SU33U,FAC COQLIi10aS. Each bidder shad: be responsible fcr deter-
mining the types of subsurface materials which will be found. Test borinc7o
have been made on the slant site, but not ca the site of the Unit 5 addi-
tion. Thee borin,s were raie on the site in 1960 and the logs of s.tcii
oorinE.L. be examined at the office of the Consulting Engineers. much
infor,^.iatien hail not be a part of the contract documents and there is no
cxpress:d r irn.Li•d ,~iarantee of the data given nor of the interpretation
;hereof.
B.10 T;+THR"E TATIOi OF SPECIFICATIO.45. If any prospective bidder is in
doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the proposed contract u:c rnents,
he may submit a written request to the Engineer for an irite rpretatien. Any
interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly
issued, and a cop;; of such addendtm will be mailed or delivered to each
perscm receiving a set of such documents. The Owner will not be respc~t,ible
for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents.
It shall 'cc, the responsibility of the bidder to advise th- P.ngineer of ccr-
flicting requirements or omissions of information which are ncce.,s ar• tc a
clear understanding of the work before the date set for opening bids. TY.o:=tz!
(DETOii , T ~XA,13 - 4904 }
(CO STRUCT10 i } B-4
100270
questions not resolved by addenda shall be lisi,ed ill the bi8leis"tnadeusal,
together with statements of the basis upon which the Erol
affected by each question.
13.11 CHANGE ORDFR ALIf)WkVCF. The total lump sum proposal prier, shall
include an allowruioe for chringe orders which may bo issued anil incorporate(l
into the contract. The sunount of the change order illcwcvice zhall be equal
to 4 per cent of the total coot for all work shown o:, the proposal draw-
ings. This amount shall be added to all such costs included in the proposal,
and the total thereof shall be the total Imp sun: price stated in the pro-
posal.
B.12 ACCEPT91CF XND REJECTIC i OF DEC-. 'Ihe Ovrker reserves the right Lo
accept the bid which, in its judgment, is the lowes' Pnd best bid; tc.ie,cC`
any End all bids; and to waive irregularities and in:orm<,litiec, ir. 2-ry
bid that i< submitted. Bids recei,ed after su~cifi?d tic:u cif clo:ins will
be returned unopened.
(DENTON, TEW.) - 4904)
( CONSTRUCTION 021071
PROPOSAL
City of Denton Texas
City Hall
Denton, Texas
Attention: Mr. John Marshall, Purchasing Agent
PROPOSAL FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
BID NO. 71-7620
Gentlemen:
The undersigned bidder having read and examined these specifications and
associated contract documents for the above designated work does hereby
propose to furnish the equipment and materials and perform the work set
forth in this Proposal. All prices stated herein are firm and shall not
be subject to escalation provided this Proposal is accepted within 60
days.
The undersigned hereby declares that the following list states any and all
variations from, and exceptions to, the requirements of the contract docu-
ments and that, otherwise, it is the intent of this Proposal that the work
will be performed in st-ict accordance with the contract documents.
~lI /rill ~ l! 'l/1' '.f►'.I,k.'4,'
7Ti
(Continued on Page C-9 )
* "efer t, ~IlLr ictv-. letter f ted
(DENTON, T MAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-1
063071
The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish all labor, labor super-
vision, tools and material required to perform the electrical construction
work in accordance with these specifications and associated contract docu-
ments listed in GENERAL CONDITIONS, Article GC.1, for the following fitm
lump sum price:
Tii~~es tl~notto f'pl~_tyf+ 7-wo 7-A~803 ~go FI ~r.•rrOo
a
Foii rk,~NX410 - ($34?~ 5421
(Price in Words)
UNIT ADJUSTMENT PRICES
The unit adjustment prices stated herein shall be used to determine, where
applicable, the cost at at,thorized additions to or deletions from the work
covered by these specifications. The unit adjusting prices stated herein
shall include, where applicable, the cost of materials and complete instal-
lation.
Separately mounted motor starters
Manual starter, nonrevers4ng, 480 volt,
3 phase, three pole, 60 hertz, with
overloads, Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure;
each
Manual starter, 120 volt, single phase,
two pole, 60 hertz, with overloads, S L
Size 1 in NN3 A 12 enclosure; each -r- -
Separately mounted push-button and select:,: switch
Push-button station with start-stop push-buttons,
NIXA 1 enclosure, nameplate, momentary contact; S 7 d L
each
Push-button station with start-stop push-buttons,
NEMA 1 enclosure, nameplate, maintained contact; $ ¢ ~y
each
Selector switch, HOA, in NEMA 1 enclosure, Z ' *O
nameplate; each
(DENTON, TFEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-1
063071
Raceways
Conduit, fittings and supports;
per 100 feet
Aluminum Steel
3/4 inch A,'7.27 $-A& .S/
1 inch $ /~4• as $
1-1/2 inch $ 11P $
2 inch $--/90
3 inch $ .32t• ! t $ 3l/' 3 a
4 inch $-fq / L $ 411
Cable tray, including
fittings and supports
per lineal foot
3 x 9 inches _
3 x 12 inches $
6 x 12 inches $ Q• po
6 x 18 inches $
Wireway, including tittings
and supports per lineal foot
4 x 4 inches
6 x 6 inches
Conductors
Conductors
(including all
terminations)
per 100 feet In Underground
In Tray In Conduit Ducts
Type A
500 MCM $ _ti'J to
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-3
042971
In Underground
In Tray In Conduit Ducts
Type B
2 AWG s _ 90.00 $ 7. 90 $ 7 9e
1/0 AWG s__ Is 9,3 s__- /./S%3
4/0 AWG $ 17Z s_ ~c9 9i s-
500 Hcm s 3!9 °i $ 3lq 70 s el 70
Type D
8 Mh $ /7, OJ $ /L iV s /4( iy
4 AUIG $ _ _ 2 9 $ Z R, 7 L S L? '1
1 AW $ S`I O° S 9 l (f q 7 il
4/0 A4.'G $ 97 So s__-9G s 9L
350 MCM 3'? IS
500 McM s 211, 90 $ Z/ q 33 $ ZIq b i
Type E
12 AWG s 29eO $ ZB6V $ 2d &V
10 AM; s 3G 9° s_''6(a _Y $Y3~ZY
8 AWG s s_ g 7 3 OP $ S' 7 3 t
Type F
/C,
12 AWG $ Zq 79 $ 71
3/C,
12 AWG $ 00 s 30 ~y s 30 s v
5/c,
S l~G 12 AW $ 4r'r s ¢ ,r r~
7/C,
12 AWG $ S3 _ yr $ f3 $
9/Co
12 AWG $ s 43 G3 It e~
12/C,
12 AWG $ a'2 O 0 $ ~ $ P, s-1
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 }
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-4
042971
In Underground
In Tray In Conduit Ducts
Type FX
10 C, v&r
AWG $ 29, $ Zf°~ $ 2900
4/C,
10 AWG $ 40 s° $ 4 0 ° s ¢ o e.
Type G
1 pair
16 A41G $
3 pair i
16AWG $ /LZ
7 air
16pAWG $ $ 07
Type H
12 AWC $ Z Z Q o
Type J
0
16 AWG $ 7 S
Type K
ANSI KX $ 17 7-1 $ /74° $ 40
Type KXK
ANSI KX $ / 4 SC $
Type L
Intercommunication
cable $ $
Grounding
3/4 x 10 foot long
ground rod; each $
Flush ground plate
Cadweld 5-330, or
equal; each $
Bare ground cable
per 100 feet, 210 AWG $
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-5
063071
' In Underground
In Tray In Conduit Ducts
Bare ground cable d p
per 100 feet, 4/0 AWG $ Ogg'
Thermite weld, 4/0 AWG
bare cable to 3/4 inch p0
ground rod; each weld $
Lighting
Light fixture Type B; each $ 2G Sn
Light fixture Ty ye C; each $ Z O 4 V
~
Light fixture Type D; each $
2b sa
Light fixture Type L; each $
2 G e L
Light fixture Type Q, each $
Intercommunicat';n System
Indoor surface mounted
handset station; each
outdoor weatherproof handset
station; each S l b'
Indoor speaker amplifier
assembly, re-entrant horn
(model ?H) and driver; each $
-
Outdoor weatherproof
speaker amplifier assembly
re-entrant horn (Model PH)
and driver; each ~!(/S'±Q~
Indoor surface mounted
handset station with speaker
amplifier; each $ L
Outdoor weatherproof
handset station with speaker ,l
amplifier; each $ K 1111
Indoor desk top handset
station; each $
Refer to Contractor's unit price revisions dated September 7, 1971
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) C-6
063071
In Underground
In 'fray, In Conduit Ducts
Re-entrant horn
(model CIB-A8); each S_LLv~ n~
Re-entrant horn
(Model PH)
and driver; each S
Freezeproofing natertal and installation to protect the following:
Pipe Size Insulation Cost per Terminating
(Inches) Type_ ]0 ft. section Costs
1 A $ U '_L0? ~f
2 C $ 32 Sa S /OZ ~r
1 I $ 304/dt~s~
2 1 s_30 4 s /Ol ~r
3 1 $ 62Z°~ s~oZ ~r
112 I s 30 4V _ s ~teo S
The undersigned hereby declares that only the persons or firms interested
in the Proposal as principal or principals are named herein, and that no
1 other persons or firms than herein mentioned have any interest in th's
Proposal or in the Contract Agreement to be entered into; that this Ito-
posal is made without connection with any other person, company, or parties
likewise submitting a bid or proposal; and that it is in all respect: for
and in good faith, without collusion or fraud.
If this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned hereby agrees to start and
complete the work in accordance with the construction schedule specitied
in Section 1D.
The undersigned proposer; that he will perform the majority of the wor'x with
his oo'n forces and that specific portions of major construction wore: not
performed b7 the undersigned will be subcontracted by the follcwtut subcon-
tractors:
Work Subcontracted Name of Subcontractor
_/~t/11Y1 C1MM CINi t,~ ne,~! _Z~S/N1~1 ~E' ~L1?Co~%G~ _~i /~✓G
(DF,NTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(LLECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) r-7
063071
* "efer to Contractor's unit price re-Islons dated September 1, 1971
A complete list of proposed materials and equipment suppliers is included
under Proposal Data.
The undersigned hereby certifies that he has visited the site of the proposed
work and has familiarized himself with conditions affecting the work.
The undersigned hereby certifies that all conflicts and exceptions have
been noted or 11sted as directed in the Instructions to Bidders.
Dated at It'--4 %pj o fL }j♦ this , day of 4 (?4I5-T1971.
Bidder ,EMP//~e ,E~ECTI=1L 4D /4/4.
Title lorx/I-
Attest: iJ -
-15 1&ti~k Business Address of Bidder Z J90q t3LEDS0e' 110k SQL
State of Incorporation 21E2!f* S
Address of Principal Office ld'Oq acckgvE 80? Sj( _
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063071
Variations from, and exceptions to, the contract documents (continued
from Page C-1).
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-B) C-9
042971
1v t f?~ 117. C I ~ , , i 'II'.• 11'- , , i
P11RIe ISTAN'fl
TS' 4It GAftf?i;,UPd, iet,ry
M
C I/JL~_: _ t
Sept. 7, 1971
Black & Veatch Consulting Eng.
Re: Denton Electric Generating Station # 5
Intercommunication System
EQUIPMENT UNIT PRICE
Indoor Surface Mounted Handset Station;ea. $132.40
Outdoor Weatherproof Handset Station; ea. 197.20
Indoor Speaker Amplifier Assembly, re-entrant
horn (model PH) and Driver; ea. 85.60
Outdoor Weatherproof Speaker Amplifier Assembly
re-entrant horn (Model PH) & Driver;ea. 118.30
Indoor Surface Mounted Handset Station with
Speaker Amplifier; ea. 182.80
Outdoor Weatherproof Handset Station with
Speaker Amplifier; ea. 257.00
Indoor Desk Top Handset Station; ea. 252.50
Re-entrant Horn (model CIB-A8); ea. 48.40
Re-entrant Horn (Model PH) and Driver; ea. 83.20
;!fir i,l ISI I €)SOE P. 0. BOX `.)'}i) No e, l ! f 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i
EMPIRE ELECTRIC COMPANY
2504 BLEDSOE ST. FORT WOFITH• TEXAS 7!107
1
~I
, f O l U
• N+~ I ,
August 17, 1971
F\
City 'f D,nLu;:
City t1 i ll
Denton. Texas
Attention: Mr. Doif: Blackburn
Re: Denton MtnicLp,,1 Ele:tric
G;;i•.ratinr, StAti(,n Unit 5
Dear Sir:
&a pcr 1,r. Te:ip'.in's rciuort ve wish to AIV~Ge that Wr
will oaaply with, nr1 will ;urnlsh an' install CAI-
Tr^nices Trans is tort zoI C(,mnuniccitivn System for the abov,=
re;.err_nf:,,.1 job.
!to ern .ilsk' :incloSin,t a resun''-' Mr. J. P. llannF .b ij
will be our J,h Sup~rint:n'•~nt.
W avu, lrr+kin, f1 v.•n ' to '.ut'' 1. ritL y u co Lhis pr'
An' it ti'o`1 hAv any f.;rWl r 1U.-J' Icns fool Lr'd~ to
t'811.
RespariruIly,
WIRE ELECTRIC CO., INC.
Stanl,:y Thompson,
Vice Pt:ogident
4
ST/wf
cc: R. U. Ellis
Black 6 Veatch
PROPOSAL DATA
GENERAL. Each bidder shall furnish information about the equipment and
materials he proposes to furnish for specific phases of the work by fill-
ing in the data listed on the following pages.
Unless otherwise stated in the Proposal, it will be assumed that the bid-
der's intention is to meet all specifications and job requirements and
that to his best knowledge and belief the materials and equipment de-
scribed in this Specification Data will meet all specifications and job
requirements.
In the event that any materials and equipment listed by the successful
bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be un-
suitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be substituted.
Substitutions shall be made only with the approval of the Owner and the
Engineer, and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional finan-
cial compensation nor shat? they invalidate the contract in any way.
Materials and equipment drL%cribed herein which meet all specifications and
job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described.
Bidders shall write all entries boldly with black ink or type entries
using carbon black ribbon. Ball point pens shall not be used.
I
I
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 D-1
EMP/aE E4EZX1 e- eO /Ay c.
Bidder's Name
Section 30B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED
EQUIPMENT Manufacturer Cat. No, or Type
Lry type transformer S C,~ p f~~C/ER ZOAIC
AC power and lighting panelboards $ 4 p hLAto IMQ
DC panelboards S Q p
Separately mounted motor starters
Manual S c~ p SL J951 Z S'/ d
Magnetic, combination S Q D C C/~sS -7 / 5-C
Essential service power
supply equipment ,E x I ~E
Inverter '
Make and type
Capacity, kVA in %4 P
DC input, amperes /do To / 140 VF) 11L. _ D C-
AC output, amperes /20 ~/~/fS / Ld /fpta
Voltage regulation 4.3 -S '04-4 .AV kw
Efficiency
Static switch
Make and type X ! LE
Voltage rating / ?D V ! GO ArnrL
Ampere rating , AS SeceiF/EO
a'
Manual bypass switch g'
x.E,
Make and type
Voltage rating /Z O V
* 00 or to 'onLr-ictoro~ re, 1l inns
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) clntrd Feptc,+nr 7, 19-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 D-2
~Zlgie- Co JA/4
(Bidder's Name)
Ampere rating 2 Qc7 ~--7P
Distribution panelboard
Make and type 5 Q ,D T~/YG Q Ma
Voltage regulating transformer
Make and type O ("9
Equipment cabinets
Height Depth Width
Dimensions, inches
Section 5A gQ ZB~ `3n
Section 5B to 30
Section 5C a 30
Weight, pounds
Section 5A /SOO e. X? T71T,4L
• Section 5B
Section 5C
Maximum fuse size that inverter will
clear without transfer to alternate
source, assuming a zero impedance short.
circuit on the line s.'.de of the fuse 2 S /}M P
Recommended spare parts L.vP.S CORD„ OC-Af- JAh1fA?jC,
C_ iotZ 1361a~/~~ FusE Ct
n. ' W
ti.
H
,
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) D-3
063071
• ,E~~ PARE Et Ec.rrtrc. co Inlc.
Bidder's Name
• Station Inverter
Batteries Battery
Type k -1xJ'I'll
- * -
J TT7'"J'7T
Catalog number
Number of cells ~d ~d
Discharge rate per cell in
amperes to 1.75 volts per
cell at 25 C when fully
charged for the following
discharge time
8 hours /TS SP_L•CIF+ :a
60 minutes + r 1
30 minutes
5 minutes
One minute
Recommended floating charge
per cell, amperes
• Recommended equalizing charge
per cell, amperes
Spezific gravity when fully
charged ~r
y^~j
Weight per cell, pounds L14 eo
Total weight battery, pounds /DQ~D_ _ 3.S'oe
Dimensions of each cell, inches W
a•
Length
width, / ~x' L
Hight s /D %d
* efer to C)ntrr,ctor'P revisions
dated Se,,terber• 7, 111-01
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ?
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042911 D-4
I~N~N=C GF1Tn~c eo /~uL
Jidder's Name
Station Inverter
Battery Battery
Overall dimensions of battery
rack, inches _
Length Z-t~ /2D ~G~
Width
3y
Height ~ Z e 44
Spare parts suggested by
Contractor for station
battery
Cost of spare parts listed $
List of spare parts Quantity Part No Description
25 ampere 100 ampere
Chargers Inverter
Battery chargers 5-1 S 5-2 Coarger
Make and type charger a ~~1/'r I' ill l 4!
Make, type, and accuracy of,
meters N, S F~E'C/FicC!
Make and type transformers
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL C014STRUCT10N - D-8) * Refer to ''ontrnotor's r,.- siSn.~;
042971 i~:~ted <eptenber 7, 19711
• En?P~R£ G,EC M" OC4•
Bidder's Name)
25 ampere 100 ampere
Chargers Inverter
5-1 b 5-2 Charger
Make and type of breakers
Size of charger
Height, inches
Width, inches Zl,L
Depth, inches
Weight, pounds
Spare parts suggested by the
Contractor for battery charger
Cost of spare parts listed $ f S',a O
List of spare parts Quantity Part No. Description
' ~ S CZ
• Manufacturer Cat. No. or Type
• GGst3- L7fr
Grounding resistor y• sQ p TRa-Ws.e.e+
c.
Electric unit heaters yloe-30 FOVJV-f S
q•
s. .
H
Section 31A - RACEWAYS
Conduit
Steel
Aluminum
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 D-6
Bidder's Name
Manufacturer Cat. No, or Type
Flexible
Conduit unions APIP -rr0-t
Other conduit fittings
Flexible conduit fittings
Cable trays G~ G o Ar-
Wireuay S Q
Naceway supports
Concrete anchors ll t PA
Support channels U..4-J) Sy` y7' _
Junction boxes ,/CFA
Section 31B - CONDUCTORS
Conductors
Type A RNAco^IGR UAIS/4 /EL,o
Type B 10 11P - / 9 .ro !
Type D i i LLNf4OAj
Type E U
Type F p.p OG 932.
Type C ;449!✓ ~l ~'s.+- * -
v
Type H a, ~~GO►'11
TypeJ
H
Type K '
Type KX
Type L 190 Jj 1: 1
* C er Lu CCr,CI'4 Ct^r~5 re':31UR5
dated Septenber 1, 1911
(DENTON* TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) D-7
063071
GT" 1 C eo
Bidder's Name
Manufacturer Cat. No. or Type
Lighting conductors
Type RHH _f}A1A4CD61PA-
Type THW
Type AF C 'n. R o 4
Conductor accessories
Terminals for 8 AWG
and larger cables r
Terminals for smaller
than 8 A(,'G cables 7-e 1
Splicing materials 3 M
Stress cones
Support grips /C E LLEM
Wire and cable markers
Lacing and tying materials
Section 31C - GROUNDING
Ground rods C/~y~RNC~
Thermite weld materials CIADinl,C 40 -
Flush ground plates
a.
Ground cable connectors 6• ~.Q~110 U
Refer to Contractor's re-i,;ions
dated :eptemiler 7, 1911
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 D-8
Eat P/RG ,EGGrllt/G CO /AAC.
Bidder's Name
• Manufacturer Cat. No. or Type
Section 31D - LIGHTING
Single receptacles
Duplex receptacles
Switches __HML5a4r
Device plates ~lSyAg L.
Lighting fixtures (if alternate Fixture Cat. No.
to the specified types) Symbol Manufacturer or Type
/tltl hi F.
Section 31E - INTERCO:•L'•SLRJICATION
SYSTEM Manufacturer Cat. No, or Type
handset stations, speaker amplifiers, '
mounting assemblies, and line `L*
balance assembly
Pff lI l Il l 11 !
Re-entrant hornspeaker and driver
ti.
H
Section 31F - FREEZE PROTECTION
Thermostat
Monitor cabinet 3 Q D
* Refer to Contractor's Letter
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) Dated August 12, 1971
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 D-9
CID INC-
Bidder's Name
Manufacturer Cat. No. or Type
A.nme t e r
Push-buttons S Q j>
Junction boxes MeA/_
Terminal blocks S/T~1~S
Spare Parts Being Furnished
with Electrical Equipment
Equipment Spare Parts
1S 3 pet/P1CP _ AS SPEci.rma P
s+ •
H
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-S) '
042971 D-lO
W I
i+llati, f1
MPIAC: its t: (f Hil _(,'I ' • _rr?7 r'
Sept. 7, 1971
Black & Veatch Consulting Eng.
P.O. Box 8405
Kansas City, Mo. 64114
Re: Denton Electric Generating Station # 5
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER
Inverter System Static Products
Station Battery C & D Type 60 KCU-13
Inverter Battery C & D Type 60 DCU-13
Battery Charger Station Charger C & D Type ARR 130 h/k35
Inverter Charger C & D ARR 130 h/k1Q0
Wire ,Markers & Ties Panduit
Type G Cable Gai-Tronics
Type L Cable Gai-Tronics
I r liilo~ui t i, i . 1
CONTRACT AGREJI'MENT
THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, made and entered into this,!~day of (,C1-0 ieo- ,
191, by and between the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, Party of the First Part and
hereinafter called the "Owner", and EMPIRE ELECTRIC CO,, INC., a Texas
corporation with, its principal office in Fort Worth, Texas, Party of the
Second Part apd hereinafter called the "Contractor",
WITNESSETH:
THAT WHEREAS, tie Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with law,
specifications, plans and other contract documents for the work as herein
specified; and
WHEREAS, the said Contractor has submitted to the Owner a Proposal in
accordance with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and
declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and best bidder for the
said work and has duly awarded to the said Contractor a contract therefor,
for the sum or sums named in the Contractor's Proposal, a copy thereof being
attached to and made a part of this Contract Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to the Con-
tractor and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties to these
presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its successors,
and the Contractor for itself, himself, or themselves, or its, his or their
successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors and administrators, as
fellows.
ARTICLE I. That the Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials
and shall perform the electrical construction work complete as specified and
required in accordance with the provisions of the contract documents, which
are attached and made a part hereof, and shall execute and complete all wori-
included in and covered by the owner's official award of this Contract
Agreement to the said Contractor.
ARTICLE II. That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and mate-
rials embraced in this Contract Agreement, and the Contractor will accept as
full compensation therefor, the sum (subject to adjustments as provided by the
contract) of THREE HUNDRED FORTY-TWO THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED FORTY-TWO FIND
N0/100 DOLLARS ($342,542.00) for all work covered by and included in the
contract award, designated in the foregoing Article I; payment to be nade
in cash or its equivalent in the manner provided in the specifications
attached hereto.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) CA-1
1
ARTICLE III. That time of completion, Is of the essence of the Contract Agree-
ment, and that the Contractor shall proceed with the specified work and shall
conform to the schedule contained in Section ID of the specifications.
IN WITNESS UMEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agreement
as of the Jay and year first above written.
CITY OF WNTON, TEXAS
Attest
eev_
Ei!PIRE ELECTRIC CO., INC.
(SEAL.)
64L. A By
Attest
The foregoing Contract Agreement is in cor ect form according to law and is
hereby approved.
d"1&7a_0e"
Attorney for 0,,:ne;:
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) CA-2
1
pERFOCE BOND
KNOW ALL MFN BY THESE PRESENTS that we, EMPIRE ELECTRIC CO., INC. of Fort
Worth, Texas, herein fteTNSL<RANe~Eontr,~cOtM'and
ARGn/JALc C.
a corporation organized under the laws of the State o~T~
and authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as "Surety",
are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS hereinafter reierred
to as "owner", in the penal sur.. of THREE: HUNDRED FORTY-TWO THOUSAND FlVi
111NDRED FORTY-TWO AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($3X2,5'+2.00), for the of
which sum, well and truly to be made to the Owner, we bind ourselves a
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly
and severally, by these presents:
WEiFR.EAS, on theSTNday of Qd&~Px' 1971, the Contractor entered into
a written contract with the Owner for furnishing materials, supplies, and
equipment not furnished by the Owner, construction tools, equipment, and
plant, and the performance of all necessary labor, for and in connection
with the construction of certain improvements described in the attached
contract documents; and
WHEREAS, it was a condition of the contract award by the Owner that these
presents be executed by the Contractor and Surety;
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Contractor sh..!I, in all particulars, well, duly,
and faithfully observe, pcrforn, and abide by each and every covenant,
condition, and part of the said contract, and the conditions, specifica-
tions, drawings, and other contract documents thereto attached or, by
reference made a part thereof, according to the true intent and nea ninL
in each case, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the Contractor shall fail to pay
all orsanylfirm,
and demands by, or in behalf of, any employee or other person, association, or corporation, for labor performed or materials, supplies,
or equipment furnished, used, or consumed by the Contractor or his sub-
contractors <n the perf,)rmance of the work, then the Surety will pay the
full value of all such clairs or demands in any total amount not dexceeding
the amount of this obligation, together with interest as provide THE UN DERSIO ED SURETY, for value received hereby agrees that no extension
of time, change in, addition to, or other modification of the terms of the
contract or work to be performed thereunder, or of the specifications or
other contract documents, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bend, and the Surety does hereby waive n,,tice of any such extension of time,
change, addition, or modification.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) PB-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and the Surety
has caused these presents to be executed in its name and its corporate seal
to be affixed by its attorney-in-fact at
F'og-r W0R7H~_ ZXA-S- kill this the (lay of
1971.
FMPI E ELECTRIC Co., INC.
(SEAL)
RGoNAU--- _ SuRRn/CE C.OMP~9'V
(SURETY COMPANY)
By (SEAL)
(Attorney-in-fact)
L /N/D, A (j A R O NE /Q k
(Stqte Representative)
(Accompany this bond with attorney-in-fact's authority from the Surety
Company certified to include the date of the bona.)
+~1
(DENTON, TE.V S - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - I}-8) F8-2
GENERAL CONDITIONS
C.-C.1 C)NZRA DUCUNIEN' :i. It is tv,d-_rstood an,i a'gre,~d twit, the
nont, instru--tions to Fidders, PYo;:0Os11 Data, ContraC:t At7rce!:%rit,
-forPlanCe Bcnio uenel'sl conditions, Sj:ec181 Condition.;, .il`t l'l I•i Ctttl CtS,
.'I'aWings, stria Oriet•s, all Iw: i'..ut~ d i''; '~..re Y•, !C'.. PiCl-
icatic;,> e rt~inv' dat'i fu ra:>112d t, t)le ~:cntl i r2 .
-ht Cl,n?."'', •"i~'ii 1C = a.::j ''Y ltl l'Oll+~'•..`t - - ~ >✓.nd too' ti•_'rk lt!li 1~ l e
_.'1j, I.C•I' ~4:!:.l{ fit i7.'t'i 1:: t~a'tC
.raCt d0 C4iiic ~1I4'1 il
e 2;:?%a:ll lit'- I'C`1 is Gw: .
n
.:?I'aCtn Or (t
=Vt'!tt'3.:t oJ L1:::CRt;in S'ial:. include ,he 1
en':.:Le rated above tn'dCl' COOT .ACT DOCU',_`,1'S.
Can i.ertt s:2a'_1 ::.ear, tue Cit of Denton, Tex ,'a, ,iesi~,.2 cae9 i r
t:,e Ccntr3ct Ai reefif_nt as rr ^'arty cf tnc Fi?'St Y3I'trr, F:C f.ltli:
thr~uFh its Fublic Utilities Bcard and City Ceuricil -nd tt;eir
duly authorized agents. All notices, letters, wnl ctk.er
m-micatio2l directed to the Caner shat) be '1d:1resse=d ana lic-
livered to I.Imliciral 5uilding, Dento::, Tt:xas.
3. "Coatract'orrr };'.':11 tliowl th° ccmor'atlclne CGR:T U*,'. tar n-rsLi^
fim individllal, Irai:ed designated ir, the Contract
h:~rpc-Ion: as 'he rrYncly of the "econi rartrr, Who !:35 !'nt eYtr.{
into 'hi r,_r.tY act for th' _rfolR ante, of 'wor• c:tiere
or their duly a,tt id iii .Crl~.Pd r }re.'C'r.t 't, t'•'o.
. rr:~.CCv11.Y'^l'tW"rr Fh'1.]1 I!Lr.ti] ?sid reftY' _.•'l~ tC• a
1(111:., ,.!Ivi i ;1 2-,-, .''l I"r3 n:
l OGt raCt_, f0 'h-rk ~ovcre':I "
C
rrc~n~.llSeerrr Sflali me"n t]iC fl li:l of iilaJk s Veatch, Consultllli-
Ir,'reers, 151)0 :eaJ,-w 'arkw'11. 54011
1_7:1~5 or its dal-.. such
ar,_,nts actin;: within the ScoCle of tine i!artl CUlaT ,utiez entrusted
to them in each case.
~r~lffiCi'Y 1. FICC~"+ail tr cl t!a._
. .
~1.1 Cf E111 this nil-I nI e: r:, fir.a: 1n5~`•~C: Jn d 155llan,:e of :i f1:. .'11 Fd:yl;.•: i!.
r_C'rt i f4 Cat
(CONSTBW"ION ) GC-1
100270
I
7. "Date of contract", or equivalent words, shall mean the date written
in the first paragraph of the Contract Qreement.
rrl.•i•~" or "d:'", 11111`.-s 11-rein (?I'.ro sly ii-fined, Mall
rl !ann a Cnlerd.kr day (-)r of tworlt:~-l ljll ch.
w_:.]O .'i' A L Cl' _ '~j171 i
. '111 , -1_lI 11' , f"n 1,"I'1 An , I AOh.,
and w'rr"__.. t,n hP ( Atli:.„ a `ayYr th nt, ,:t hand 1In . carrj fr
t;
.
cut CI C1!.1 CtUilt'.: II[.;] Pb llCal . 1C.!1L 1 ;'a"U K.: 11. l„Vn % do.. 1_'"'.
n
or "d 3 ill, .r :,3.. nano all druwil , in 1whod b t,r,.
q
w..er as a b .t fo!. ,r',;.._. al:;, (l _a;~r lc.:,.c i,trxry !ir !wi :.-z I.u•r,is
C': ti-'3 _rnner to cl`tt . and lo defi n- it ranter dot ail the Men-.
-
of the contract plans mad syncifications, (c) lirawlne. subrfitted 0
the successful bidder with his proposal and by the ' ontI%ct0r to
the Owner, as approved by the engineer, and A drawin,6 owbrittea
by the Owner to the Contractor during the Fro€resn of the work as
provided for herein.
11. Whenever in these contract documents the words "as ordered", "a.
directed", "as roquired", "as permitted", "as allowed", or words
or phrases of like impcrt are used, it stall be understood that
the order, direction, requirement, perm0 lion, or allowance of the
Owner or Envineer is intended only to the extent of judging com-
pliance with the terms of the contract; none of these terns shall
imply the Goner or the Engineer has any authority or resr:onsibilit-,
for supervision of the K"tractor's forces or con2truction operati,ns,
such su ervision and -he sole responsibility therefor being stric`l;,
reserved for the Contractor. V
12. Similarly the words ! '[rove']", "suitabin", ~ a"..''ptavle"q
"proper", rr:a' Jf12C ? or warda of like effect aV.d 1:_ 1111!'..=
otherwise particularly o ifie,i h.rw:;[. r .s ti l r.:ee;: ? itr.;': i 'a ,
, l, . _ at l! ,
oUltat le, acct 't n:'`i f', ^o,,a:•
or 2Ci t~l )Ui t:'_Ilt of the
G1.1u.r or eng'inceI', to the extent provided is "11" above.
13. Wherever in these contract docu;.ent: the _xz reosio: "it uuierstcod
and agreed", or an expression of like import is used, such expression
means the mutual understanding and aFreem nt of the parties executing
the Contract AVreement.
GC. j i.,S."L .tiDUH55 i7UtCa bui5in?C.. [:d!'.d'"=5S Of the l:^C:t7 ..'c2' i C'• in t,•."
-ro-osal and the Contractor's office in the vl _ ~ ,h- R,'
_ ^ini'• o, • ~ r:: are'
deziEnata the place: to which all notices, ietter.i, ',-.d oth • _ v:lC:.' o:7
to the Contractor will be mailed or delivered. Me address of tho : ner appear-
(pinions TEXAS - 490)
(CGISTRUCTIOn )
110570 GC-2
ing in Article GC.2 is hereby designated a, the place to which all notices, let-
ters and other conmiunication to the Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either
1 arty mny c vuige the said address at any time T,;, nn instrument in writinF2 de-
livered to the I71f_,,ineer and to the other party.
:.i{1S LE.1 h~ii O 70.17 1;r"i r`L Uir Vlui. our CO[~L~S O1~ tI:P C01iL I'aC'. c:ilC:L'LC'.Its
.ill t,±f•rel^ared 't; the ?ineer. Copic^s of e;iE>,ineeri:I, 11 '1, 11 rein; form ,
rr sther docurent.; fern! -};e I,.- th,. Contractor, w i^il ar r• g1iir^d t., be in-
,.rpor:ated in the contract ...n11 be siir lied.
t''I copies will be s,i~,.c.tte- to the "ontractor aI t'r.,. 'o.!tractor :iu311 crx:
Cute the ''Ontract re`.': ~_nt, insert ex?;:uted copie_ of `.he re'luired 1~011113 -U d
>--wer of attorney, and submit all copies to t}:e Nner. :ne dcltc' of contract
cn the Contract Agreement and bond form shall be left blank for filling in
by the Owner. The cer'.ification date on the poser of attorr;ey dDcu:-:., nt shall
ce also left blank for filling in by the Owner.
The Owner will execute all copies, insert the date of contract on the bondo
and power of attoniey, retain one copy, and forward one copy each to the
Contractor, Engineer, and surety company.
_.,.5 VERBAL STATEMENTS M YT BIN 1110. it is Understood and asr.ed that the
•.ritten terms and provisions of this agreement shall s•i;'ersede all verbal
statements of representatives of the i:rner, and verlal statements sr:all not
'ce effective or be construed as being a part of this Contract.
".5 -1 NT C1',.;TPr"• GR. ine relation of the Co:.-r3-tor t- the L`rler
shall be that of an indepenent contractor.
-.7 P?3iG:~:~r EST ~ViD i'hc i'-,n'.ractor .::'all .:~~t Losi; ~•r
; 'ub'COI1traCt the WOI'f, or an. i'art .':ereof, witl,OUt tr.e- pr!-;ious w!'_•. toot
:ur.sent of the Owner, nor s?:;i11 he assign, by ,ewer c'_ attorr,c; or i
w,se, any of the money T" 1a21e under this Contract LL:l:ES writ.t4'n C `:;.:''Ilt
cif the Owner has been obtained. No ri€;ht under this ontract, nor glair,
for any money due or to become due hereunder shall be asserted against 1.!,e
,.,ner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of an so-called a•sif-n-
ment of this contract or any part thereof, unless such assien.^.:ent has been
authorized by the written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor is
permitted to assign moneys due or to become due under this Cu'ritract, tile
instrument of assignment shall contain a clause subor':inatint; `he cl%!T' of
the assim,c:e to all prior liens for services rendered cr >tr?--I l Ui' uIiod
for the performance of the wort:.
(DFIMN , TEXAS - 4904)
( COiiSTRUC''ION 1
100570 GC-3
Should any subcontractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manger the work
undertaken by him, his subcontract shall be immed'_ately terminated by the
Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor shall be as fully
responsible and accountable to the Owner for the acts and omissions of
his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed
ly them, an he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed
by trim. Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual
relation between any subcontractor and Ilse l++r•ner.
US AUTHORITY Or THE ENGINEER. The KnEincer shall be the Owner's represen-
tative to coordinate the desiin and engineering for the work. The l'rineer
will rake U! necessur;: explanations and interpretations regarding the meaning
and intent of the contract documents.
Upon re,asst by the Owner, tho Fngineer will render decisions reg.ardinq the
performance, quality aLd scwT of the vork included in the contract and will
advise the Owner regarding proposed contract chanCeo.
If, in the opinion, of the Contractor, a dvAsion made by the "rnCinvcr is not
in accordance with the meaning- and intent of the contract, the Wontractrr
ray file with the Engineer and the Owner, within :0 dens after roccipt of
the decision, a written objection to the decision. Failure to file- an, A-
jection within the allotted time will be considered acceptance of the
Engineer's decision and the d vision shall becono final and conclusive.
The Engineer's decision and the filing of the written objection thereto shall
be a condition preceded to the right to request arbitration, r to start action
in court.
it is the latent A this acreran' that there shill be ro delay in the
execution of the work, .'na t decision of iii. nFine:r sh%:?i 1ror1:1
observed.
C.4 KNI i 7I5 KS ;i'IUii ':''.e, 'r-n"r a?roiut leither directly or
throuGh the 1Z'i 1LEer) such in'. 'Qotor:: iv he (ice*,rz prOper, to Kol:-ect, K,:
'.cork rerform..ed for compliance wAK tho Mato, ?nil s;,cifications. The Con-
tractor shall furnish all reazo"Kle a sistau.ce require 3 by the Lngineer
or inspectors for the proper inspection and exard% Lion of the work. AQ
Contractor shall obey the directions and instructions of the ingineer or
inspector when they are consistent with the obligations of this Contract,
.mould the Contractor object to any order given by an inspector, the Con-
tractor nay :'tike written appeal to the ZnCineer for his r1'.As;on.
(D NTOa, 'PMAS - 4901+)
(CO rt "'iIUC'i'IOii )
110570 sc-4
Inspectors ivld other properly .authorized representatives of thre Owner or
Engineer shall be free rtt all time; to jx~rform their diitie:., anri any attempted
intimidation of one of them by the Contractor or his employee,-1 shall to suf-
ficient reason to terniaate Lhe contract if the Owner so decides.
Such inspection. shall not relieve the Contractor fro.;, any oblirzal,ion to
perform the work strictly in accordance with the nlai.~; and sp^cificati.ns.
Work not so constructed shall be reMoved and replaced by tier Contractor at
his own expense.
GC.10 NO 'dAI1'E5 CF RI114FS. :veither the inspection by the twnier or Fz,F:ineer
or any of '.heir officials, en.ployces, or agents, nor any order by the ',iner
or Engineer for p!iylnent of money, or any payrael]t for, or nrceptsnc: ef, the
whole or any part of the work by the Owner or Engineer, nor ar,y extension of
time, nor any po.-session tRk(c,: by the Owner or its :hall :`ti'.c't'3te
as a waiver of arl, provision of this Contract., or of r.' tower here::: re-
3e2'ved to the r~wnf-,r, or any ric-ht o dasiages her.?in proviIjeli, !,Gr shah ,ny
waiver of any breach in this Contract. be held to be a walvor of r iy ,tiler or
subsFquent, breach.
GC.11 STIJ.'DARD SEECIFICATIONS. Reference to standard
any technical society, OrgaIli ati'. or association, cr to cor~'cs of
or otatr. a!ithorities, shall nean the latest standard, code, $C?Cli:i ~:.i;n,
or tentative specification adopted and published at ',he date of takirre: bids,
unless, specifically stated otherwise.
GC. l2 rATE +T Ro' ap es _.n,i fee„ for agents erin er
,r I covg er _t i31s, ar*.i,,les,
-Apparatus, devices, equi.raer.t o process used in the work, shall be ir-ciuden
in the contract 3notrkt. Tae ,jn1,rictcr shall 8atisfy all ::°.'LT5.:A6 ti-,at mcy be
,Galt` flt 1:,y for Su~-h roy3lti_.. ald f,-e95 tLr]'1 'rr_ Z?ial'_ be liab_, Oc, :..t
daTaEe'S or claims for GEatent infrinwc: eats. Tile I'13 0wr,
COJn1 C '~nsfJ, dc'fc- .11 ',!lt6 rr:C^, UiI,_ hC 1Z, '.i'Eld
t o O'.T,er for infriI,t•" Dent 3ilr?!Zer1 1 7='nt of _ v .1te?its
il.vOlvei Ir. •;Ill' wclrk a .Ii i in e a j? n - Ca I
, of f r, '.'card of h'- r--L "~:wh awEird. in'i i,afrnel,t '.o the C)ntractca' ty lC',e ~°nT,er wl.;l
not rra1e while any s'i'gn s°iit or claim remains unsegticd.
M13. Aiil OR DIJ'liC.^:i. 7r,'., '~::ar3C tOr .~Fiall GC.'7C;'VE` %rAd with
all ordinances, laws, and regulations, and shall protect and inderr.ilt". the
OuT,er acid t:-,e Owner's officers and agents against any chill, or
arising from or based on an..- violation of the same.
(U1..'ii0iv, rL,i,,}CA.S - 49oh)
(CO16TRUCTION ) GC-5
100270
_J
C,C.14 DEFENSE OF SHITS. In case any action in court is brought against
the Owner or Engineer or any officer or agent of either of them, for the
failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to perform any of the
covenants, acts, matters or things by this Contract undertaken; or for
injury or damage caused by the allee,ed negligence of the Contractor or
his agents; the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owlier
and Frigineer and ;.heir officers and agents from all losses, damages,
costs, expenses, ,judgments, or decrees whatever arising out of sllch no-
tion.
GC-15 TAXES, FERMITS, APfD i:CEt-SES. Unless. other~wise sreciI ied in tncse
contract documents, the Contractor shall pay all sale.;, us', excise:, and
other taxes that are lawful! assessed af,ainst the Owner or C,,ntractcr
in connection with the work under this Contract and shall obtain and pay
for all licenses and permits required for the work.
The Contractor will be conjen_-atec for any increase in tar rates, license
fees, and permit tees or an, r.aw taxes, licenses, or permit:, iuaposed after
the date of the proposal; pr.vided however, that this provision :hall he
limited to sales, use, and excise t-.xes assessed against tht., cee._ iete.i
work and to licenses and permits required specifically for tht~ pr0T%'eed
work.
GC-i6 SCOFF, NAME, AND I:iii_1T OF Si=ECI ICATIO:iS AND FLA'.iJ. Th^ sr°ci-
fications and plans are inte:.dcd to supplen;ent, but riot necessaril'r ;.UCliiat:>
each other. Any work exhibited in the one and not in the other siia l b'2
executed as if it had been set forth in both so that the w_lrk will
rieted according to the complete design as determined by the Enf,ine._r.
:mould aziy ti.ing which is nt l-'.:A:Sry fcI' 'i clear 1Lll"rStan :110,' of be
!.lr..,1ttF.i front the SCeC1f1C3C..1',.'. L,d rl'lns, of eiiould it ap °3; that
1 :1St rll:t1~.. [1.7 are in conflict, wrii t cn 1. It 'ii- -
''d C17 ZLLll`14
C t
lioI7S fl,0T.i t1,e f.rlgl11eel b,:'or ~r(21irY '1'_ 1'r: a ff(-} L
omit ion-, or !ii '1'l•par;N,r, it. i5 1L~`. (rrStUCij ~i.l .•lCccea tI.-it. t,}le work. .:hrtl'
bv perfortriod according to true intent of tia: contract documents.
tr,ner, eIuila,ent or material fur!,is;'i'd by the Contractor cannot 'tc in:tnllard
as specified or es shown on tt:c ;Mans, the Ccntractor shall, without extra
cost to the Cl„1er, bake all r,-_Ufications rt,,quircd to pro1L2'ly ik3ta71 the
equipment or material. Such modifications shall be subject to the approval
of the Owner and the Engineer.
GC.17 FICUFLED D1:,s;NSION'7 TO S')Vfn:7. Dir;ensicno and elevations Jhown ~',n
the plans e,hsll be accurately followed even though they differ fi-Q7. walled
measurements. No work show-ri ca the plans, the dimensions of which ere not
indicated, shall be executed ui;til r.ecc'ssary dimensions have been obtained
from the Engineer.
(DEiTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION ) GC-G
100270
GC.16 CONTRAC'T'OR TO CHECK PLANS AND SCHEDULES. The Contractor shall
check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities shown on the plans and
schedules given to him by the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer
of any discrepancy between the plans and the conditions on the Around,
or any error or omission in plans, or in the layout as given by ::takes,
points, or instructions, which he may discover in the course of the work.
The Contractor vill not be allowed to take advantage of :iriy error or
omission in the plans or contract documents. Mill instructions will be
furnished by the Engineer should such error or omission be discovered,
and the Contractor shall carry out, such instructions as if originally
specified.
GC.19 MATERIALS A"1D FQIUIP'IE . Unless specifically provided otherwise
in each case, all materials and acuipment furnished for permanent instal-
lation in the work shall conforr.to applicable standard specifications
and shall be new, unased, and ,lndam ged vhen installed or otherwise in-
corporated in the wort. No -uch material or e.luitr.:ent small bo used t: the
Contractor for any iLzrp:;se o`her .han that intended or specified, unless
such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case.
All required tests in connection with approval of source .~f mater[.:is
shall be made at the Contractor's expense by a properly equipped lab:,ra-
tory of established reputation k•hose worn and testing facilities are ac-
ceptable to the 0.4l er and approved by the Engineer. l+ny el-lanF."e in or;;-,ill
or method of preparation or manufacture of a material '-)-inr: rc,atinel.y tested
will require new tests aoc approval thereof. Reports of a=1 tests shall
be furnished to the Engineer or Chrner in as many copies as require:?.
~C..20 BEGINNING, PR01a3R.r;SS, r'u;il H:.'17 C17 CG:.t'it'I'iQi' OF W,)?'K. iL,lcss . t!.c r-
wise specified the Contractor ,hall tegin work .older this (0c:itract w",*,-.,
10 'dads after the date des i [',3tc''.i in, a writ-en or'd°r tr,)m t h,t- Nner t(,
begin work. The ral,e of r sk:all be u~il that the w~r:c wii be
completed in acccrdanca: tt=u•;, .f the L~...ti'aet ru Cr ^fcr ti".c
"r l: 2ntr :L t~,:'t'e i:2Ct .
MillatiOn of the CCns Lrl.c.1J:i n if,
The C^ntractcr shall furnis:. she !':?t; i:ice'r a (jeL".Il t';l SCI~C'.:'~le Setti
forth the procedure he :repoee: fcilow and _,iin:, the d'it-_.. 2rr xroct',
to start and to co..,plete senor tc •ortions of '!ie worn. If it opinion
(if the Engineer proper pro3r-s , is l:ot being maiuta.ll:ed, cha,,~,es, shall be
made in the Contractor's operatiex;s to assure rrorer prorrec:,.
I
GC.21 HINDRANCE1 AND DELAYS. Toe Contractor expres.-ly aE.rees that th'e
construction period name in th? Contract A,recment incr.! _s rtilcwan:n,
for all hindrances and delays incident to the wor}:. No :lair rh,.cll be
made by the Contractor for hindrances or delays f:•om any rs :e hiri%- the
progress of the work, except a: trevidcd under SU'3rh:310N OF WORd, rtsl
EXTENSION OF TINE.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4?04)
(CON: ~iRUCi'ION ) GC-7
j 100270
Ii
1
~ Ar
GC.22 EXTENSIONS OF TIME. Should the Contractor be delayed in the final
completion of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or Engineer, or
of any employee of either, or by any other contractor employed by the Owner,
or by strike, fire, or other cause outside of the control of the Contrac-
tor and which, in the opinion of the Engineer, could have been neither
anticipated nor avoided, then an extension of time sufficient to compen-
sate for the delay, as deternir.cd by the Enjireer, will be granted by the
Owner; provided that the Contractor gives the Owner and the Fnginecr prompt
notice in writing of the cause of delay in each case and demonstrates that
he has used all reasonable means to minimize the delay.
Extension of time will not W EraUed for delays caused r unfavorable
weather, unsuitable ground conditions, ina equate construction fcreo, or
the failure of the Contractor to place orders for equipment or materials
sufficiently in advance to insure delivery when nee ed.
GC.23 &WES FROM 3ATUR4L CAWES. All loss or daoaFr arising cut rf tho
nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from floods or
overflows, or from ground water, or from an unusual obsi roct;ion Q, ji t t i-
culty, wr any other natural or existin,, circumstance eit.rtr known or w-..
foreseen, which may be encountered in the prosecution cf the work, shall
be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
CC.24 !A)DIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall m iify the worn whenever ,o
ordered by the Owner and such modifications shall nn' affect the validity
of the contract. Modifications may involve increases or aecreases in the
amount of the work for which appropriate contract price adjustment will he
made.
Except for minor changes which involve n: Contract price n.Unstment or
other monetary consideration, r.nd with the exceltion of a_ijustmants of
cstirated quantities for unit price work or ma+cri,3l • to .:::f.'rN Cc,
actual pay quantities, all m Jlf;.itior 311 b W o yl r t',_ •1'1 ho-
rity .f 01y executed ch:,.nbe ordarc. 'snod and :;if(ne'1 by thy: ITn ~'r' 1ni
accepted and signed by the Contractc.r.
a modification incrc•nse_= amour. s h,
GC.24.1 Fxtra Wcrk. If the t of e, w
and the added w.rk or any part thereof i of a ty_,e and ch%ractcr who }i
can properly ani fairly be clt'.ssified ur.tier cne or lire unit price itoris
of the proposal, then the added work or mart t.eroof AVI be paid for
according to the amount actually 'lone and at the ap•nli^abie unlit price
or prices. Otherwise, such work shall be paid for as hereinafter provided.
Clai.:as for extra work will not be paid unless the work covered by Aucti
claims was authorized in writing by the Owner and the Contractor chill
not have the right to prosecute or maintain either an arbitration pro-
ceeding or an action in court to recover for extra word: unless his plain
( Dh. TO:i , "i`Ey.As - 49o4)
(COU RUCTION ) GC-8
100270
is based upo:-i a Writtrn order from the. Owner. Payments fo1 extra wor:
;,hall be based on `creed lum? suriL; or on agreed unit price: whenever
the F,`wner and the Contractor agree upon ;uch prices before the extra
work is ,tarted; otherwise, )aymcnt'e for extra work :',hall be b!esed cn
actual fivi'1 cost plus the spt°cified peroentae;e allowance.
For the purpose of d?tarMnintt w:tether 1!ropcs.cd exti' . work wi ii 1%` out h.
rized, or for determining the ra.pient rietho':4 for work, the C011LI" -
_ for shall sk&mit to tl ' : 7Fllr:c ~'1', lli`on vequ,. t , 'l iletrlile(i "_?Et es. 0
for propr)Z, d extra wov?L. '1'f e. sti atC shall 6,,"w iterr,i 7.'-'i Ijua10 it i:. ~
and charge for all ':'7 n:c Cf dirdot Cr St. Cnargf for the Contr-ic-cr':,
rued subcoi7tr'icter's ex.r-i rrofit, extra aan_r•al superir.tcr'ienco, extra
field office expense, ext•ri OYerheals shat i !1 Shown rn:; 3 r'-'rCC ',''3 ~;e
addition to the tUta1 E3timat-d net .?st.. Un..e.35 ct~i?)'wi ir' arrec' Ap(,n
b.; the Contractor a.n i ':'r.e percentage audit i ,n:: shc11 -e
'gla7'32tor'c ~•w7: T~~rC!_.
15 rer ceP_ for the exe.r'a w',1'r: p~ rmed the
or 20 per :ent for ex(ri w.:':.,; t•erforrc.ed a subeo%trr,eAor.
When p~fLlE ;t for ext-a work i5 based 'Dn £ictual ; le+!1
tor will Le paid the .-ctual fled cost plus ?ir; .liowe.rco of 15 r t
if the extra Work 45 _I'forr.:e i b;' the Contractc,r'3 ':~'d:l fur-es or
if the extra work is re-forric-1 by a subcontractor. The ellowa2lce wi'.i 1
i :lid as fat compensation for the 'ortva,tor's and Gubcrntracturextra
rofit, er.'_ra general r1eld office e e, ~a':ra
overheads, and U11 cler.eat's of •?X:rG cat not '~efine3 Ger'ein
actual field Cost.
i::c actuil field coot :nlv those c): ?'a fo` 1;1b'_ ':cL1
raterial exlcnded in direct }er2'c:'~ance -f the extra wore: .n'1
s. ...e actuc'.1 ru r''11 voikirer .ea _ it _rer:_,
rJ'.hani:.•, c:'aft ..':iei., ,i.:Il
C :1.`1J•~~i.t` ^S :C;',.. !•.,,4. C'r'] ~`:i. i'C`r' ..,.:'f
Q, O LT l'1 18s
rent a] charijt? fur v<`i-lclc 'nd (:C.! ^.?rii^r.1C~`7
1. The transportation charges for nquipl':F-nt
e. i:.•' charge3 fir extra power, fuel,
re'_'lal S3rY1Ce3
f. the char.ges fcr extra p,.yroll taxes, Ci C'ild -renlll,TS, an.1
in3urance premiums
.
100:170
The form in which actua] ficlri cost re:ords are kept, the construction
inetho-is, and the type and quantity of equipment usec shall be subject
to the Enrin:eer's approval..
Construction equipment wPiich the Contractor has on the job i;ite ;.end which
is of a tyie and size suitable for u;e in performing the extra work. shall
be used. The hourly rented charges for equipment shs] not rxcer-cl one half
of one per cent of the latest arpiicable Associated ;riuipment Distributors
published r:.~nthly rental rat^s A shall apply to only the actual ti
the equipment is used in performing the extra work.
k'hen extra '.rclrk requires the use of equipment which the Contractcv ;ices
not have cn the job site, the Contractor shall obtain the approval ;f
the Engineer oefore renting o: otherwise acquiring adriitional equirmen'..
The rent.3'_ charges for the adlitioual equiprent shall no*, exceed ti) '0 latest
applicable Associated Equipment Distributors }ubli-shed rental rate;;.
Decreased Work. If a modification decreases tire: nr,unt of wari t^
?:e done, ouch decrease shall not constitute the basis for a clr<ir r _,Lj a:te-,
or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. 'nn-,re value
of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, ti:e Lnnf-ir-.: cv shall
determine on an equitable b•isis the amount of (a) credit due th~_ Cer for
cor.ti-.A ,;)rk not done as a result of an authorized change, (b) all,: ante
to the Co: tractor for any actual loss incurred in connecti n
chase, d,:livei-y, and &uhs-.i-cent disposal of materials or equiprl,-::t recil.ired
for u6c c-,r `he work as planned and which could not b_ used in a t cf
the ,'ork ct/ r:.ctually b'ailt, acrd (c) any other ad, ustrent of t -,;e c
a r-,,,,.int where the ethoo to be used in making such adjustrnenit i5
defined ir: ti;e contract documents.
Unle. otl .isc arrreed upon 'y the Cwziei• and the Cor:'.ra tor,
d U: i' ..•:r for rcdactio:;. in the a t ne
ai urrc of w;:rk be _
c c: tie t c j fie:: c,-st of tirc delcted w r oval • ,g
;Jl
i n r ccr:t of the esL::r,te i field cost if the work was to
:,avc, 11v.?en done by the Contractor's Own forces, fir
Fifteen per :ant of the estimated field cost if the w:-r,, wrs
to h:,ve been done by a subcontractor.
r iel, cos re`erred t, above sh 11 include the category cf co:7 ~i
bofure listed as actual field cost;;, items "a" to "f" inclusiv,, cA1 ,iIc
paragrar'n •,ntitled "Extra Work".
(DENTO:i, i-x - 4904)
( GG:rSTRUIi'1011 ) Gl`._10
100270
GC.25 ARBITRATION. Before bringing any action in court pertaining to
a decision of the Engineer, the objector (hereinafter referred to as
Party A) to the decision shall first offer to arbitrate the question
with the ogler party to the contract (hereinafter referred to as Party B)
by notifying him in writing and setting forth in such notice ,;he ques-
tion to be arbitrated.
Party B can elect to arbitrate or :,ot. If Party B agrees to arbitrate
he snail so advise Party A in writing within 10 days afi.cr receipt c,f
Party A's notice. Notice by Party B 'iiat he dae,; not wish tc r-;.'-bitrate
cr failure of Fart. B to :ictify 'arty A within the i0 period will
give Farty A the riCht to t•irt action in court.
If Party B agrees to arbitrate, FFLrty A shall choos'-an arbitrator .ind
shall notify Party B of the I,w*,e of the art1trPtor Within 10 day:: after
receipt of Party B's notice. Fart;- B Oliall rr::tify A in writing
'Within _0 kiyo after receipt ^f :'31"7 notice' , arbitrator
nwlled G'y' P.:rty A s- all act s --it' arbi, ratcr "1 al, i,11S' io:,3l
arbitrator. If _ R".rt-y 3 I:ar',es adlitional aIt!'.tru,'`r, then arbitrator
named by Fart- A',.d the arbitlator narked by F-irty B ::'gall :loose a `.h_rd
arbitrator.
The arbitl•3tor or CLrbit I'atof` 5Ii iI 1`t with it, the of
three 3rbitrator3, the 2ciisi. l: Cf aLy two on ='.l be bindir:r•, cIn b,.) . :`artiez
to tthe contract, :1_ 3h-ill ti2::'_ ~ f : in€le !Lrbitr• itcr If file ells. - _ is
submitted thereto 3: f'.eretcfo2•e 'he eCiS. ~n of the
~t ne:e°e31';. .
or arbitrators i.? be `'ilea in CO'1rt to ea-17.y it int. effect, if
If they 3ide1' that L,,o ia",_ s: del-lands, th'' arbitrator or 'lrbitrutc•rs
are uthcrized to awar'1 tli .rty IO r. 'ntention i ;lijtail,el g'h^„ sun
or sums as they r. d,.en prc for the r,ir..c , F'xpense, arid ' 'outie n_i-lent
to th,' appeal, aif tilt; ":1 'w'_l5 t%'e. ~lt.'Mut Q:::SC'LF3 Ca'aZ" *
m%yi .:ar3 d'tr.3t,e~ for CSn% rel ar1!itr. t(.
PI: L'r'e r['P_jOnlblt: C~i.,i "17 t:.1'l!: .':"11• .'^.e2"i i. l: f?5. ~I IP Rrti~1'a+^y': F.:31.i.
3° . tih lost.-, .1-id
1fhf. .'c, L: o II C) f t' arIJitr '.C.'r':' 17^ '71,wC SIl Wrl`.1 ar, sha11 be
Awn
Oyer: to oGject1 On U,:COwit t - 7rti' '7f lc :'_Cltf., or , r
If for 0331; I'e 336"„ after tFll' ..^:3i. ClUt SCei havc G .7 ly h'ive'.'; 1b1 %rty ,A
and Far t.y 1? the :ixbitrator:, 3p F'u in!':1 311311 be un'_.b lc Jr Shall f3:. 1 to
act with re,.lscnab.- prop tness in -ippinting a third arbitr:itor, Party A
(or, if he dies not do so wi"Alin y rr'.33onable t1El'-, Part;' h) ivi I•C.;u'Jrt
.I Jadre of the i;iil tei Ft,~tes ui.,trict Court w[,o I'C'i'713r1 }l'Id: -r' 1I t ill
the district in which t^C 31'-_ •4crk, or :u;y rt t..u e,:,°,
to the third arbitrator. If it aoFea2_ tc '.:.e '1edge tl,'ht ti:e two
arbitrat( I•' Uriginilly uriable t'r failt'i tc :Lc'. %-i3on-
ablt, Frx:rtncsa in aFpointinp: a *;.:rd arbitrLtr, he may ypoil.t _.e seld
TEXAS
(CUI+SS'RUC`I'IOC7 ) ':~C-11
1-00270
third arbitrator and such an appointment shall constitute a conclusive
determination that the arbitrators originally appointed were so unable
or failed to act with reasonable promptness and, if the said judge acted
at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make such request within
a reasonable time.
If for any reason after the arbitrator or arbitrators have been duly ap-
pointed, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be unable or shall fail to
act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the ques-
tion submitted to arbitration, Party A (or, if he does not do so within
a reasonable time, Party B) may request a ,judce of the United States
ristrict Court who regularly holds court in the district in which the
y site of the work, or any, part thereof, is located, to appoint three new
arbitrators to act hereunder. If it appears to such Judge that the ar-
bitrator or arbitrators originally appointed were unable or failed to
act with reasonable promptness in reaching a decision regarding the 4'.1es-
tion submitted to arbitration, Y1e may appoint three new arbitrators to
act hereunder and such an appointment shall constitute a conclusive d!-
termination that the arbitrator or arbitratorz originally appointed were
so unable or failed to act with reasonable promptness, and, if .he sari
Judge acted at the request of Party B, that Party A did not make sue?i
request within a reasonable time.
If for any reason a third arbitrator, or three new arbitrtors -hail not
be appointed by a Judge of the United States District Ccurt under the
circumstances hereinabove de crib~:d, Cr if three nex arbitrators pre so
appointed and are unable or fail to act writh reasonable Fromptness in
reaching a decision re.,irdin,- the question subrnittei to arbitration, ttien
the arbitration proce+lre shall be deemed to have failed, and the parties
Shall be tree to assert their rights in the s,zge manr.er as if hayl
not agreed to submit the ;ucztion to arbitration.
if the 'lt E' a3reemelit t.J -1-1b,-ii, qu-at Boris of JisputE tf, riruitraticn 1.i
r:~t er.''^rceabic .rider ti,'a la of ll,plicsble ,~urisdic:ti eich su;:i, s-
tion after it h'.i arisen b;.' of both C!irf S, be ullb:t.ltt-:{
to arbitra;ion in the manner set forth above.
the Contri-tor shall not cause a delay of the work 'a'iring uny arbitritiori
L'roceedinl%;, except by agreer',ent witi, the Nner. It is unlerstco!i and
agreed by the rarties to the contract that no requirement or statement
herein zhail be interpreted as curtailing, the power of the EnGineer to
determine the grr,oiuit, quality, and acceptability of work azid materi,lls.
(DE;i'i0;7, .ctlLS - 1+904)
) CC-12
CONSTRUCT 10"i
1001,70
GC.26 RIGHT OF OWNER TO TEMINATE CONTRACT. If the work to be done under
this Contract is abandoned by the Contractor; of if this Contract is assigned
by him without the written consent of the Owner; or if the Contractor is ad-
judged bankrupt; or if a general assignment of his assets is made for the
benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appointed for the Contractor
or any of his property; or if at any time the Engineer certifies in writing
to the Owner that the performance of the work under this Contract is being
unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is violating any of the conditions
of this Contract, or that he is executing the same in bad faith or other-
wise not in accordance with the terms of said contract; or if the worn is
not substantially completed within the time named for its completion or
within the time to which such completion date may be extended; then the
Owner may s rve written notice upon the Contractor and his surety of the
Owner's intention to terminate this Contract. Unless within ; days after
the serving of such notice, a satisfactory arrangement is made for contin-
uance, this Contract shall terminate. In the event of such termination,
the surety shall nave the right to take over and complete the work, pro-
vided that if the surety does not commence performance within 31) days,
the Owner may take over and prosecute the work to completion, by con-
tract or otherwise. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to
the Owner for all excess cost sustained by the Owner by reason of such
prosecution and completion. The Owner may take possession of, and utilize
in completing the worst, all materials, equipment, tools, and plant cn tte
site of the work.
OC.27 SUSPENSION OF WCR:::. The Owtk~r reserves the right to suspen; and
reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without invali-
dating the provisions of the contract. Order.; for suspension or reinstate-
ment of work will be issued by the Owner to the Contractor in writing. The
time for completion of the wick will be extended for a period equal t~ the
time lost by reason of the sc:.:pension.
Extra costs and expenses which, in the opinion of the EriEii.eer, e~rc c.suse.i
by worst suspensions ordered by the 'owner will he raid by the Owner to t1 c
Contractor.
GC.28 GUARANTEE. The Contractor guarantees that the equipment, materials
and workmanship flirnished wider this Contrac'; will be as spcl-ified art will
be free from defects for a period of one year from the date of final payment.
In addition, the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed
to be free from defects in design.
Within the guarantee period and upon notification of the C-ntractor by the
Owner, the Contractor shall promptly make all needed adjustments, repairs
or replacements arising out of defects which, in the judgment of the Engi-
neer or the Owner, become necessary during such period.
(Dt:NTON, TEVS - 49o4)
(CONSTRUCTION ) GC-13
100270
7
The cost of all material:;, prat-,, labor, transportation, supervision,
specinl tools and nupplir:s rcquired for replacement of pmts, repair
of pasts, or correction A' abnormalities shall be paid by the Contractor,
or by hi:; surety under the terms of the Performance L'or:d (when a bond is
pruvi(led).
The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover repaired
parts and all replaceme parts furnished rider the guarantee provisions
for a period of one year froth the date of their- installation.
If within 10 days after the Crrner gives the Contractor notice of a de-
fect, failure, or abnormality of the work, the Contractor neglects to
make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary repairs or
adjustmerts, the Owner is hereby authorized to make the repairs or ad-
justments himself or order the work to be e.cne by a third party, the cost
of the work to be paid by the Contractor.
In the event of an emergency where, in the Judgment 7f the Owner, delay
would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or adjustments m,%,- be m-ile
by the Owner, or a third I-arty chosen by the Owner, without giving notice
to the Contractor, and. the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor,
or by his surety under the terms of the Performance Bond (when a bl-nd i:1
p. ovided).
GC.29 CL'UI'S FOR LABOR AND :~ATEi. IALS. The Contractor shall indemrlifr
and save harmless the Cw-ner from all claims for lac^r and materials fur-
nished under this Contract. 'mien requested by the Owner, the Contractor
shall submit satisfactory evidence that all persons, firms, or coryora-
tions who have done work or furnished materials u,;er this Contract, rcr
.hich the "-.mer may become liable under the laws cf the state, have been
fully paid or satisfactorily secured. In case such evidence iC 1`Ir-
nlshed or is not satisfactory, an &zount will be retained frc' mnl~'_ ill:'
t're Contractor Which in addition to any other sums that tiny be !otai';,.~d
will be sufficient, in the opinion of the ~^wr,er, to meet all cl-tirls of
tl.e persons, firms, and corporations as aforesaid. Such slazn sl.gll he
retained until the liabilities as aforesaid are fully discharge:. or
satisfactorily secure,i.
Before final acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shun l
submit to the Engineer in duplicate a notarized affidavit stating that
all subcontractors, vendors, persons, or firms who have f:n•nished labor
or materials for the work have been fully paid an that all teLxes 'nave
been paid. A statement from the surety shall also be subr°.ittcd consenting
to the making of the final payment (when a Performance :pond is provided).
GC.30 CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDO'tP; ESTIVATE. If the contract is based on a
lump sum bid, or contains one or more 1'unp sum items for which partial
payments are desired, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer for approval a breakdown estimate covering each lump sum item,
(rMTON, TFKAS - 4904)
(t:ONSTRUCTION ) GC-14
100270
The estimate shall be broken down into FPC accounts and FPC property units.
Each breakdown estimate, showing the value of each kind of work, shall
be approved by the Engineer before any partial payment estimate is
prepared. Such items as bond premium, temporary construction facilities,
and plant may be listed separately in the breakdown estimate, provided
that their costs can be substantiated.
The sun of the items listed in the breakdown estimate shall equal the
contract lump sum price or prices. Overhead and profit shall not be
listed as separate items.
An unbalanced breakdown estimate providing for oinrpayment of the Con-
tractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be
accepted. Breakdown estimates Shall be revised and resubmitted until
ac:eptable to the Engineer.
GC-31 INS AN CE. The Contractor shall secure and maintain throughout
the duration of this Contract insurance of such types and in such amounts
as may be necessary to protect hinself and the interests of the Mo r
against all hazards or risks of loss as hereinafter specified. Th,~ form
and limits V such insurance, together with the underwriter thereof in
each case, shall be approved by the Owner but, regardless of such approval,
it shall to the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain adequate
insurance coverage at all times. Failure of the Contrac_or to maintain
adequate coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility
or obligati_n.
Satisfactory certificates of insurance shall be filed with the Owner
prior to starting any construction work cn this Contract. The certifi-
cates shall state Vat 10 day; written notice will be givvn to the Gvner
before any policy covered thQ reby is changed or canccl;i.
C.31.1 :rkmen's 0mvensKion aid i~Tip yen's Liability. This fNnurance
shall protect the Contractor against all clams under at=licable state
workmen's compensation laws. The Contractor shall also be protecte.3
against claims for in'ury, disease, or death of employees which, for any
reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workman's compensation
law. This policy shall include an "all states" endorsement.
The liability limits shall not be less than the followKE.
Workmen's compensation Statutory
Employer's liability $100,000 each person
(UNTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION ) UC-15
100270
GC-31,.2 Comprehensive Automobil- i;iabili+,y, This insurance shall be
written in comprehensive form as. shall protect, the Contractor agairist
all claims for injuries to members of the public and damigo to prolerty
of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover opera-
tion on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway us<,
whether they are owned, nonowned, or hired.
Thc• liability limits shall not be less than the following:
bodily injury $250,000 each person
$500,000 each occurrence
Property damage $100,000 each occurrence
GC-31.3 Comprehensive General Liability. This insurance shall be w:itt_r
in eorhprehencive form and shall protect the Contractor :Er-ai(lst all
arising fri-M injuries to members of the public nr d%r.:i, to prurer'y f
others aris.ng out of arty act or omission of the Contractor or this is.;c:hte,
cmplcyees, or subcontractors. In addition, this policy shall spcci s1Iy
insure the contractual liability assul!ied by the Contractor under fcre-
goin, paragraph entitled "Defense of Suits".
to the extent that the Contractor'. work, or work under hi iiirecti_..,;rl
require blasting, explosive coriditior.5, Or urhdcrgroun,-i opei'atio:ir-, .:,t
l:re:.ensive General liability COY2Y''.~e shall contain -.o rol-ti-;v
to blasting, explosion, collapse of buildings, or damage to underrr_-r,_d
rrorert•r.
ine liability limits shall not be les than the following,:
nc-ail} injury ,:'50,000 each
x:00,000 each occurrence
1'2'G Cr t y~;{IU,G'~Q f':'.]}~ !rL`C~lrl'~'r.C(u
ti50c~,O0~ r~rig,rei-,aL~
31.4 *-ail(ier'O I, is'-. MRS irl.=u ic: ShaII t•6' wilt L(:, Lr: conq l!'L0.1 info
form and Shall protect the Cc:,tractor, the (Nmer, rir:d t,hc Enr-,ir.~!er
risks of damage to buildings, strictures, and materials an! c:quiime,:' nct
c.therwise covered and^r installation floater insurance, rrom the per.' of
fire and lightning, the perils included in the standard -x'rnd-_-i c<ncrn.;:
endorsement, and the perils of vandalism and malicious chief. Tr.c r.rn(,ut,t
of sucn insurance shall be not less than the Jnsural:le -r 1-11., W. at,
completion less the value of the mEaerials and equit:pent insured -,L. ior in-
:tallaticr; floater insurance.
Equipment shall be insured un%ier installation flo.;ter insurance wi. r tee
aggregate value of the equipment exceeis $10,000.
(vti r of+, 'i ExAs - 49o4)
(CONSTRUCTION ) GC-16
021071
If the work does not incluic the construction of building structures, this
builder's risk insurance may be omitted providing the installation floater
insurance f.'ly covers all work.
Builder's risk insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the
Contractor, the Owner, and the Engineer as their interests may appear and
shall contain a waiver of subrogation rights against the insured parties.
CC. 31.5 Installation Floater. Th'.s irisuranc-e shall protect the Contrac-
tor, the O«'ner, and the Engineer from sill insurable risks of physical loss
or damage to materials and equipment riot otheivise covered under builder's
risk insurance, while in wtrehouses or storage, areas, during installation,
during testing, and after the work is completed. It shall be of the "all
risks" type, with coverages designed for the circumotances which ma; occur
in the particular work included in this Contract. The coverage shall be for
ru, amount not less than the value of the work at completion, less tite value
of the materials and equipment insured under builder': risk insurance. The
value shall include thc- aggregate value of the (Twner-furnished equipment
avid materials to be erected or installed by the Contractor noL otherwise
insured under builder's risk in, r ^e.
Installation floater insurance =hall provide for to be L'a:,--_ t0
the Contractor, the Owner, an-1 the Engineer as tL,2ir interests m3_~ .r r r
and shall contain a waiver of subrogation rights against the p:,rties.
If the aggregate value of the Owner-furnished and Contractor-furnisLel.
equipment is less than. $10,000 such equipment may be covered tinder
builder's risk insurance, and if so ccverea this installation flester
insurance may be omitted.
Certificates of insurance covTint' nstailat'-r. floater insurance S:L 11
quote the incurinC, agreement a;,d all, exrlt.;ic; is th^, y appear in th?
policy, or in lieu of certificates, copi« of t'it com lete policy ..,ty be
submitted.
GC-32 W11 MATES AND PAYMENTS. On or ab-_Mt the fifteenth day of each month,
the Engineer will make an estimato of the value of the work done and of
unused materials stored on the site. The estimated cost of repairing,
replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing materials
which do not conform to the plans and specifications will be deducted
from the estimated value.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer such detailed information
as he may request to aid in the preparation of monthly estimates. After
each estimate has been approved by the O.n3er, the Owner will pay to the
Contractor by the twenty-fifth day of the mont90 per cent of the esti-
mated value less any previous payments.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904) GC-IT
(CONSTRUCTION )
050371
i
Payments for materials stored on the site shall be ba=.c: only upon tae
actual cost of such materials to the Contractor :nd sha;.l not include
any overhead or profit to the Contractor.
After official approval and acceptance of the work by the Owner, the
Engineer will be authorized to prepare a final estimate of the work
done under this Contract. Preparation of the final estimate will not
be authorized L.ntil the affidavit and statement rewired in the para-
graph entitled "Claims for Labor and Materials" have been received.
The final estimate will be submitted to the Owner within 10 days
;after its preparation has been authorized. The Owner will, within
30 days thereafter, pay the entire sum found to be due after deducting
a:1 amoun`s to be retained under any provision of this Contract.
GC--33 Cit;GE ORDER PAYAMiTS. On or before the fifteenth day of each month,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer fur approv:d, all authorized
a~ditiono and deductions to the work completed during the preceding month.
In this manner, additions and deductions shall be administered promptly
after their incurrence and shall not be allowed to accumulate.
Upon cc,mpleticn-i of the work, a eingle change orkier will be issued by tll,
Engineer setting; forth the ixt amount of tho r.Ad£tion- srld deduction., to
the work. i1e net amount of the addition: njid deductions sh331 be d~edu,:tcd
from the 1~ per cent change order allowance specified under the Instruction=
to Bidders, and the balance, if any, shall be credited to the Owner.
GC.34 RELEASE OF LIABILITY. The acceptance b;: the Contractor of the
la:t payment shall be a release to the Owner and ever-, officer and agent
thereof, from all claims and liability herewi~?er for anything done cr
furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of
the Cwner or of any person relating to or affecting the work.
(DE,WON, TEXAS - 4904)
(COn1'STRUCT10 ) GC-19
050371
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SC.1 GEN MkL. The provisiois of these Special Conditions apply to work
on the site for the improverrr:nts to the municipal electric t;ener:ating
station for the City of Denton, Texas. These Special Conditions are
nontechnical in nature and shall supplement thL General Conditions in
the administration and regulation of field construction work performed
under these specifications.
SC.2 ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor will be
furnished five sets of all drawings including revisions thereto azd ten
copies of the specifications without charge. Additional sets of ;'r&wings
and revisions thereto and additional copies of specifications may re
obtained by payment of printing, handling, and mailing cost All
drawings and specifications shall be returned to the Engineer upon com-
pletion of the work.
SC-3 PROJECT COORDINATION. Tlie coordination of all field construction and
erection for the new station shall be under the direction of the Engineer.
A meeting of the Engineer and all contractors at the site will be tu•ld
each week at the ti::ie anu place designated by the En ineer. The purpose
of the weekly meeting will i,e for the scheduling and coordination of e•ich
contractor's work within the requirements of tho overall project, In
the event conflicts arise between contractor, c)ncerning scheduling or
cocrdination, the Engineer will ma'r.c the final decision resolving the
conflict. The EnE.,ineer's decision shall riot to cause for extra aa::;?r.-
ssation or for extension of tine. :he Contractor's superintendent shall
attend each weekly meeting.
The time of completion is of the essence of this Contract and the Con-
tractor shall be responsible for performint; his work in accordance with the
specified construction sct•:e3uln. If at any time the Contractor's wurk is
behind schedule, the Contractor shall increase his forces, work overtime,
cr otherwi.e accelerate hi ot.eraticns to comply with the schedule and the
Contractor shall put into effect definite procedures for getting the work
bact. on schedule. The proposed proccllu,es shall be subject to the Engi-
neer's approval or modification. The procedures adopted shall be put
into effect immediately.
The Engineer will not be responsible for the assignment of personnel or
obtaining materials or supplies, or )'or any other services to the Con-
tractor except the coordination of work between contractors and as speci-
fically set forth in the contract documents.
(DE`iTON, T1.XA5 - 49o4)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 SC-1
SC.4 . CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of
this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable uffice at or
near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a repre-
sentative authorized to receive drawings, instructions, or other communi-
cation or articles. Any communication given to the said representative
or delivered at the Contractor's office at the site of the work in his
absence shall be dearied to have been delivered to the Contractor.
Copies of the plans, specifications, and other contract documents shall
be kept at the Contractor's office, at the site of the work, available
for use at all times.
5C.5 CONTRACTOR'S SUPZRVISICN AT THE SITE. The Contractor shall furnish
adequate r+ang and technical i;ersonnel cn the site to
-erviso a event suF rYa
insure expeditious and competent handlin; of all matters related to the
work.
A superintendent cxperier,ced in mayor construction of the ty}e Opecified,
and who is a p+:rmanent r ',mber of' the Ccntr~ictor's orf anizatiun, shall b,-2
a resident at the project throughout the construction. The slIicrinteiiient
shall be Hilly authorized to r3ct for the Contractor and to receive }u+t-
ever orders I:iay be giver, for the prof-%r r'rrisecution of the work or notices
in connecticr. therewith.
The Contractor's field or~ani:,,atien shall inci'_Iie an exier:_°neei staff of
qualified technical pcrsonnel to hamile cn-site cnSineerin-, 1,lunning,
and 3ircction of all .^:e1a work. The fie-'(! orr:anizatlon shP.1.l als^ include
~
_ a staff to handle timek:eepir4. , tnFloyinent, ui)'i tx-
iediting, stores and warehouses, stock: and tool roons, and security. She
Contractor shall t.c re_.'.`nsible for con}'ietr, S'i PrVi:1Gn ^r.a control 0^
his subcontractors as t iJtlhli they we: e his (-)w:'i force-,-. 1 c't:CC t0 .h',
Contractor siiall be ConSidere:i notice to kin;! Affccte;} ;,UbCOC.trflCthl'.
se.6 intent :?f tt .se cificaticna th,it the Con-
ti•aC'tor• shail i"erfoI:7 t}iB iv.jLrity of th(' woI'r. witii his ?:Irk fOrceo
.under the manar~ement of Iii- own crianiza(.ic,n. '~1.i.rcifie i''rti':IR3 of tl'.C
work may 're subcontracted oily b ill iRt1'riCtUl' ',hc) huv.' bBE'1: iiCt-- in
the Propos.:l Data and who are approved by the Owner as pr~viiel in the
Genere.i Conditions. A11 subcontractors sh311 be directly responsible to
the Contractor and shall b-- under his general supervision. All work For-
formed under subcontracts zhu?_1 be subject to the same contract provisions
as the work performed by the Contractor's own forces.
SC-7 CiiAB!XTER OF WOR}v:EN. The Contractor shall employ only workluen
who are co:.ietent to perform the work assigned to then and, in the case
of skilled labor, who are ade5uately trained and experienced in their
respective trades and -who do satisfactory work.
(DENTON, TFX4S - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 SC-2
Whenever the Owner shall notify the Contractor that any man on the work
is, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderl,, or who uses
threatening or abusilre language to a,Lv person representing the Owner
when on the work, such man shall be immediately discharged from the work
and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Owner.
SC.8 COOPLRATION WITH OWNER. In the event that it is necessary to either
interrupt the power supply or to impose abnormal operating conditions on
the Owner's power system, such procedure r.%ust be approved by the Owner
and a complete understanding and agreement must be reached by all parties
concerned, well in advance of the time scheduled for such operation, and
such understanding shall be definite as to date, time of day, and lenSth
of time required. All work shill be scheduled to suit the Owner's con-
venience, taking into consideration the power syste.^: facilities and re-
quirements at all times durir4? construction.
The Contractor shall be responsit,le for saying all regular and iremiu:;
time labor costs arisinC from, the necessity to perform work which affects
the Owner's system facilities at times other than regular working hcurs.
5C.9 RELATIONS WITH O H'r:R C1?N'1-FAC'T0r S. The Contractor shall cooperate
with all other contractor:: who nay be performing; work in behalf of t! e
Owner and wcrXrien wiio may be cc~plcyed by the Owner in the vicinity of file
work under `hi: Ccntract, and he s'nall conduct his o orations to .".lri:::i.".C
interference with the wor}: of e.uch contr-ictors or workz,en. The Contrac-
tor shall pn•ompt.ly :cake good, at his o'n, expense, any injury or a na_;e
that may be au_,tained by oth ?r contractcrz or e,:l)loyees of the ()Mr,er a`,
his hands. Airy difference or conflict which m`ly arise between the Con-
tractor aril other contractors, or between the Contractor and woricen of
the Owner, in re;erd to their woik shall bo r.7L3olved as dcterrined by the
Engineer. if the worm: of ti.e Ccntr,2ctor is dal•~ c:a because of an, acts or
omissioria of ny cthe'r contractor, tilt Contructor shall have no cl'%i- '1 'iinsi
ti;e O'n'ner Jn that account Vt::':'r th'3n an extension of time.
Whenever there is interference -with work under other contracts, the G:r.=:ir.err
shall decide the r.an::er in which the work :hall. proceed under each contract.
SC.10 SUNDAY, HOLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK. No work shall be done bets en
6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. nor on Sundays or legal holidays without the
written approval of the Owner. However, emergency work may be done
without prior approval.
Night work may be established by the Contractor as a regular procedure
with the -.mitten permission of the O'.rrier; such permission, ho•.tever, ray
be revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails tc maintain
adequate equipment and supervision for the proper prosecutior and control
of the work at night.
I
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 SC-3
5C.11 MEPHODS OF FIELD OPERATION. The Contractor stall inforn the Engi-
neer in advance concerning his plans for carryin3 out each part of the
field work. If at any time the Contractor's plant or equipment or his
methods of executing the work appear to the Engineer to be inadequate to
insure the required safety, quality, or rate of progress of the work., the
Engineer may order the Contractor to increase or improve his Vacilities
or methods and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such orders; but
neither compliance with such orders nor failure of the Engineer to issue
such orders shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to secure
the degrees of safety, the quality of work and tLe rate of progress re-
quired by this Contract. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for
the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his plant, equipment, and methods.
Any method of work suggested by the Owner or Engineer, but not specified,
shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor and the
Owner and Fngineer will assume no responsibility therefor.
Approval by the Kner or Entincer of any plan or nethod of work p'ropoaed
by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility
therefor, and such approval :hall not be considered as an assum tfon of
any risk or liability by the Guber or EnJn_er, or any officer, nCent,
or enTloy en theresf. i7te Contractor zhall hive no claim Locause V
the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so approved.
SC.12 FPOTECTION OF lKOVER0 AND 'UBDIC 10511ITY. she C,ntrawtcr shall
be a:wauntable for any da:rages resulting from his ororations. He shall
to fully responsible for the protection of all persons inolulinc n-:•bi s
of the public, employees of the Owner, and employees of other ccutract_r:
or subcontractor:., and all public and private property including struc-
tures, sewers and 'nilities, atove and below Eround.
The C ktr2ctor stall furnish und maintain all LcoQzzury sa''ct~ e1Uipnt_,%t,
ou:n as barriers, i6nr, warning lights, and guards, to provide adequate
protection of perv cns ,and prvyerty.
The ;ontractor stall give reasonable notice to the owners of pabl c
or private uroyerty and utilities when such property and utilities are
liable to injury or Kma6e through the performance of the work, and
shall make all necessary arran6e;lents With such owners relative to V
removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities.
SC.13 EME90ENCY PROTECTION. Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the
Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the
public or the protection of the work, to be constructed ilnder thio Con-
tract or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the opinion
of the Owner, an =Tgency has arisen and immediate action is considered
necessary, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may
(DEN TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 SC-4
provide suitable protection by causing work to tie done and material to
be furnished and placed. 1'h cost of such work and material shall be
borne by the Contractor, and, if the same is not paid on presentation
of the bills thereftr, such costs lacy be deducted from arty amounts due
or to become due the Cor.tractur. The performance of such emergency work
shall not relieve the Contractor of respl)nsibility for any damage which
may occur.
SC. 14 UNFAVORABLE; CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. During unfavorable weather,
wet ground, or other unsuitable construction conditions, the Contractor
shall confine his operations to work which will not be affected advers•cly
thereby. No portion of the wurk shall be constructed under conditicns
which would affect adversely the que.lity or efficiency thereof, unless
special means or preceution:; are taken by the Contractor to perfcr:a the
work in a proper and st'S;isiactory manner.
SC-15 RFJECTED WORK ~.iU 1V'!`r' IALS. The Contractor, upon written notice
from the Engineer or the C.ne:, shall re=ove fre,m the premises all w,rk
and materials re,jccted as dElective, unsound, impropcr, or in any w.-
:ailing to conform to the rei.iirezents of the contract doc=e•ts. 'ile
Contractor r,hall at his sole expense rake Gcoi all work damaged by such
removal and shall roiiptiy rLpiace !naterials daumagei or improferly we-'k,,J
by hi.:, and re-execute his own work in accor'daI'12f- with the contr'1^_t. 1}11 s
includes re-sxecutirg or roe!lacine the w0i-X of any other cc,ntractor that
is in any way affF-_to: by the removal of the defective worn. The ^:`l
tions of the Contractor under this section shall not extend to defective
materials or equipment supplied by the O'.mer.
If the Coritr'actor 1 e:' lint rl:;iove his r(:,iccLe3 woi1, rrnd M'j.ter'ial within
10 days after written LOtiCk', th C"dl'er :'la r'J ^i0'Je and replace such Jr .
and rateri,lls at time excensc+ the C)Iitract,~r.
~C.1U I'U C.rA i :ib. ir.^_ fit l' CtCr 1 alitmit to the Enzilleer• two
copies of -each T:urchase order for -ill matvr als and cejuipvment :urnis!,e,J
'ander i;heze spF•cific.ttions f01' 1nCC:ri.praLi `fi it the permanent c~rrstruction.
Each purchase order shall .3hvw ti,e vendor's n_,tiie, manufscturer's ne.,e,
materials, type, model numbor, size, quantity, ncces:;ory list, ails re-
quested delivery date of the r.aterial and equipment ordered. The p•.:r-
chase order copies shall be submitted to the Engineer before or at the
time when they are issued to the vendor.
SC,I'( U.S. M.ATrriIA?S. To the extent possible, materials %'I e,'IJJ~ent
(including components thereof) furnished under these specifications civill
be produced, processed, manufactured, and asser.bled within the United
States of Ataerica. Substitution of foreign materials for dramestic mate-
rials will not be permitted unless such substitution is clearly stated
in the ropczal and accepted by the Owner.
(DENi"ON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 SC-5
SC, 18 PIEiD RECORDS. The Contractor shall maintain at his office on the
site up-to-date copies of all drawings, specifications, and other contract
documents and supplementary data, complete with latest revisions thereto.
In addition, the Contractor shall maintain a continuous record of all
field changes and, at the conclusion of the work, shall incorporate all
such changes on the drawings and other engineering data and shall submit
the required number of copies thereof to the Engineer.
SC.19 LINES AND GRADES. All work shall be done to the lines, grades, and
elevations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide suitable
equipment and competent workmen who shall locate and lay out the work,
Measurements shall be made from permanent base lines and elevation reference
datum previously established on the site. In addition, measurements shall
be coordingted with existing building column lines and floor elevations.
The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument men, competent assis-
tants, and such instruments, tool:, stakes, and other materials required
to complete survey, layout, and measurement work. In addition, the Con-
tractor shall furnish, without char,e, competent men from his force and
such tools, stakes, and other materials as the Engineer may require in
establishini or designating control points or IN checkink survey, l,:yout,
and measurement work performed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall keep the Engineer infetz<Y, a ronsonable tL:.e ill
advance, of the times and places at which: he wishes to do work, so that
horizontal and vertical control pointy may ba established and eny checkim,
deemed necessary by the Enj:inQ er may be one with minimum inccnvenioLct.
to the Engineer and minimum delay to the Contractor.
Any work done without being properly loeateei may be ordered removed azi
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
& Pt. &VA110N OF h;O ~U41. I:" kL ','he Ccntr actor shall narv-
fully preserve all monuments, bench marks,` reference points, and states.
In case of his destruction thereof, the Contractor will be charged with
the expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or
loss of tine that may be cauaed. Permanent monuments or bench mark.,
which must be removed or disturbed shall be Lrotcated until they can be
properly referenced for relocation. The Contractor shall furnish mate-
rials and assistance for the proper replacement of such monuments or
bench marks.
SC,21 SAFETY Al+"D ACCIDENT PREVS"ITION. It shall be the C'ontractor's re-
sponsibility to maintain, throughout the construction period, a safety
and accident prevention program which meets the requirements of Feleral,
State, and local codes, and of all other authorities having jurisdiction
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
6
100270 SC-
over this work. As a supplement to requirements of such authorities, the
"Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" published by the Asso-
ciated General Contractors of America, Inc., is recommended as a guide
for safety and accident prevention.
All personnel shall wear hard hats at all times when they are in the con-
struction area.
SC,22 FIRE PROTECTION. Only work procedures which minimize fire hazards
to the extent practicable shall be used. Combustible debris and waste
materials shall be collected and removed from the site each day, as Iro-
vided hereafter under CLEANLINESS. Fuels, Solvents, and other volatile or
flammable materials shall be stored away from the construction and storage
areas in well marked, safe containers. Good housekeeping, is essential to
fire prevention and shall be practiced by the Contractor throughout the
construction period. The Contractor shall follow the reCcinnendations of
the AGC ":Ianual of Accident Prevention in Construction" regarding fire
hazards and prevention.
Unless specified herein for a particular application, untreated carrv-:s,
paper, plastic, and other flar_nable flexib:e materials shall not be u_-ed
on the site for any purpose. If such materials are on equipment or rnte-
rials which arrive at the site, they shall be ret::oved and replaced wit'r
an approved covering before storing or moving into ti:e construction area.
Likewise, corrugated paper and fiberboard cartons shall not be permute,!
in the construction area for the storage or handlinr, of materials. if
such cartons do arrive in the constructio:: area, they shall be irmediatel
unpacked and removed from the site. Approved flexible naterials Si:nll
be waterproof and flarce resistant, and shah be equal to or 'rctt_r
the glass reinforce; laminated Iarer aril alu°.irnr:r, foil
610, manufactured by Oisalkraft Division, ;.t. °,eFis 't'aper Co.
50.23 CLEAiLINE5S. Specinl attention shrill be liven to kcepin;p, tk:e in-
side of the structures and surrounding Founds clean irr1 free from-, tr,t;:h
ind debris. The Contractor shall erploy sufficient and special r rsonnel
to thoroughly clean his work areas continuously each working day and shall
cooperate with the other contractors to keep the entire construction site
clean. This shall include sweeping the floors, collecting and discosint;
of trash, and all other functions required to keep the site clean. tdate-
rials and supplies shall be stored in locations which will not block ac-
cessways, and arranged to permitweasy cleaning of the area. In area.,
where equipment ;night drip oil or cause other damage to the floor scut frlce,
a protective cover of heavy gauge, flame resistant, oilproof sheeting
shall be provided between the equipment and the floor surface so that no
oil or grease contacts the concrete. This requirement is applicable to both
finished and unfinished floors.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904)
{CONSTRUCTION )
110570 SC-7
All hoses, cables, extension cords, and similar materials shall be located,
arranged, and grouped so that they will not block any accessway and will
permit easy cleaning and maintenance. At the close of each work week and
at the close of each day preceding a holiday, all such items shall be re-
moved from the construction area and stored in the Contractor's warehouses
or other storage areas.
All shipping braces, crating, and boxing material used for protection of
equipment during shipment shall be disposed of as directed by the Owner or
the Engineer. All other trash, debris and waste materials shall be removed
from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. Waste material shall be
promptly removed from the site, and shall not be allowed to accLLmulate.
All trash and debris shall be hauled to the City Dump which is located approx-
imately seven miles from the job site.
Promptly uFon the completion cf the construction work, all scrap, trash,
and waste materials and debris resultin,: from work under +his Contr,ct
shall be removed from the site. All Contractor-owned facilities, mate-
rials and construction vlant shall be removed fron the site. Owner-fur-
nis'red materials not used in construction shall remain the Owner's
property and shall be stored on the site.
In the event of conflict betwrecn ccntractors conceniing cle3nin:; resi:un-
sibilities, the w.gineer will dateimuie the responsibility and as_;ign
the work. The Engineer's decision will be fin-ul and bindin.. an: the
responsible contractor shall prorttly perform the disputed work. In tic
event that the Contractor fails to comply with the cleanliness require-
ments specified herein or to perform the cleanup work assigned to him by
the engineer, the Owner reserves the right to hire another contractor
(not neces.'arily o.7e of tl;e r_r,PStruction contractors) to rerfoInn the
necessary cleaning wort; rnd the Contractor f--hall pay to the Cwner ti.e
cost of all such cleanup work.
:C. )4 SFCUHiTI. Tile Contractor shall be responsible for all mutcrial and
equipment in his cuscodr or placed in construction by him. Socurit.y r:eti,rui
shall be erployed as require(! to insure the protection of such (rater! it and
equipment from theft, vandalism, fire, and all other damage and loss.
All construction personnel and vehicular traffic shall enter and leave the
construction site through the designated entrance gate. Unauthorized
personnel will not be permit+-d on the site. Materials or equipment
leaving the site shall be authorized by the Contractor and the Engineer.
SC.25 CONSTRUCTION AREA LIMITS. The Engineer will designate the boundary
limits of access roads, parking areas, storage areas, and construction
areas, and the Contractor shall not trespass in or on areas not so desig-
nate-. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all of his per-
sonnel out of areas not designated for the Contractor's use; except, in
the case of isolated work located within such areas, the Engineer will
issue permits to specific Contractor personnel to enter and do the work.
(DENIM, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
021571 SC-8
The Contrac:tor's employees shall park, their automobiles, trucks, and other
vehicles in the assigned construction personnel parking area.
SC.26 AC'.ESS ROADS, PAI*,ING AND STORAGE AREI S. Construction access roads,
parking areas, and liwited storage areas will be assigned for ';}ie Ccntrac-
ton's use by the Engineer.
SC.27 FOOD SviVICES. No food serv.'.ces will be permitted on tine construe-
tien site except for truck or trailer mounted canteens. Such canteens will
be permitted on the site only during hours specifically approved by the
Engineer.
SC.28 PROTECTION OF WORK. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for the prctection of his work until its final acceptance by the Otirner.
The Contractor zhall have no claim agaii.st the Owner or the Engineer be-
cause of any dar.'ge or loss 1,o the Contractor's work, and shall be re-
sponsible fcr tie complete restoration of damaged work to its original
condition cov.t_ying with the specifications and drawings.
In the eve-.t t::e Contrc.ctor's work is dwaabed by another party, not •.u~der
his supervision cr control., the Contractor shall mate his -laim directly
with the party involved. If a conflict or disa.Sreement develops between
the Contractor and one of the other contractors concerning the restonci-
bility for da.-.age or loss to the Contractor's work, the conflict shall
be resolved as provided under RELATIONS WITH Oiii1~7j CONTRACi'ORS in these
Special Conditions. 'Su-,h conflict shall not be cause for delay in the
restoration of the damaged work. The Contractor shall restore the work
immediately and the coat thereof will be assigned pending the resolution
of the conflict.
5C.29 CGS'? ; -1 A::POWN. ThQ 13cntractcr shah. -repare and submit to the
Engineer for approval a breakdown estimatei of the total price as stated
in the Contract A6 reement. Thf: breakdown •e tinat shall be prepared as
specified in the General Conuiitions. the Engineer's approval of said
eatimate shall be obtained b-ei'ore the first payment estimate is prepared.
Upon request, additional information concerning; erection quantities and
costs shall be mane available to the Engineer for accounting purposes.
SC-30 REPAIR OF DAMAGES. The Contractor shall immediately repair any
damage which results from this construction or abnormal use, including
damage done to the existing facilities. All such repair work shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
SC.31 I1TDEFzVDENT TESTING LABORATORY. Laboratory testing specified in the
technical requirements shall be done by an independent testing laboratory
approved by the Owner or the Engineer. The laboratory shall be retained
by the Contractor e.ad all costs for laboratory services shall be paid by
the Contractor.
(DENTON, TEW - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION ) SC-9
100270
SC.32 PLACING WOM IN SERVICE. If desired by the Owner, portions of
the work may be placed in service when completed and the Contractor shall
provide proper access for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not
constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable
for defects due to faulty construction throughout the duration of this
Contract and thereafter as provided under the guarantee.
SC, 33 LOCAL SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. Whenever possible, the Con-
tractor all purchase materials from local suppliers and award subcontracts
to local. subcontractors.
SC-34 STARTUP A.'VD INITIAL OPZRATION. 'P't:e Contractor shall render all
services and do all work required to place each item of eouipment installed
by him, including all auxiliaries, piping, and wiring, and the plant in
operating condition to th+: satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. Individual
systems and iters of equipment shall be completed in a sequence that will
permit systematic startup and trial operation of each such component
before it is incorporated in the plant startup and initial operation.
The Owner will furnisi, operating personnel during startup and initi!::
operation. The Contractor shall provide all other workmen required, in
the opinion of the 'engineer, to rake nd,juatm;ents and correct deficiencies
during the initial equipment and plant star',up testin:,, checking amd
operation. it is anticipate,.' that the otartup to ting and initial
operation will be in progress continuously over extended periods of time.
The workmen required of the Contsa~-tor stall to on the site at all time's
during these periods. All re-1.ilar aid overtimt~ payroll and all other
contingencies in connection with the startup and initial operation of
equipment and plant si.ail be included as a part of the lump stns: contract.
grease. ,
The Owner will furnir-Y: arol t!:e Coi:tractor shall apply all oils,
and othe - lubricants req~ re i to place p- rrrr;~nt pla;i, equipn..nt ii,
condition ready for operatioi.
the Contractor shell provri,le ^11 temporary in:,trumentstiur: rind Faurine
devices required ourin.~, star!-yip end trial operation of equihr.,ent and
systems which he has installei.
All rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect align,.,rst as
practicable. Rotating machinery shall be free from Pxcessive vibration,
overheating.; ceorings, and other conditions which would tend to shorten
the life of the machinery. Teearings, shafts, and other roving l arts
shall be checked for proper alignment, cleaned and lubricated before the
equipment is initially started. Full compliance with each equipment
manufacturer's specifications and instructions shall be observed. Copies
of records showing all final alignment measurements shall be furnished to
the Owner and the Engineer.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
021571 SC-ii
SC.35 USE OF CRANE. The us: of the existing turbine room crane and the
hoisting facilities installed with the new power plant addition will be
reserved for the erection of equipment as approved by the Engineer. The
use of the crane for handling of materials will not be permitted.
The use ar.d custody of the crane and hoisting equipment will be scheduled
and assigned by the Engineer to optimize its service to the overall con-
struction project. Such assignment shall not relieve the Contractor from
his responsibility for prosecutin, his work in accordance with the con-
tract schedule and shall not be cause for him to claim extra compensation.
The crane shall be operated only by a qualified crane operator.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the crane during the periods
that it is in his use or assigned to his custody and shall provide regular
lubrication and other maintenance of the crane. If, in the Engineer's
opinion, the crane is damaged by the Contractor's use of it, the crane
shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense.
SC.36 FINAL INSPECTION, When the work has been substantially completed
and at a time mutually agreeable to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor,
the Engineer will make a final. inspection of the work and report to the
Owner his findings as to the acceptability and completeness of the work.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
021571 SC-11
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section lA - DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF WORK IA-1 thru IA-3
1A.1 Gencral 1A-1
1A.2 Work lncludad Under These Specifications IA-1
1A.3 Work Not Included Under These Specifications 1A-2
1A.4 Storage and Handling of Equipment and Materials 1A-3
Section 1B - DRAWING SCHEDULE 18-1 thru 1B-3
1B.1 General 1B-1
1B.2 Schedules 1B-2
1B.3 Length Reports 1B-3
Drawing (sample) F-9
Section 1C - ENGINEERING Dl TA 1C-1 thru 1C-2
1C.1 General lC-1
1C.2 Procedures 1C-1
1C.3 Manufacturer's Instructions and Parts Lists SC-2
Typical Instruction Manual Cover P-802.02
Section 1D - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1D-1 thru 1D-2
1D.1 General 1D-1
1D.2 Contractor's Detailed Schedule 1D-1
1D.3 Coordination 1D-1
Project Schedule Electrical Construction D8-012971
Section lE - CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 1E-1 thru 1E-2
1E.1 General 1E-1
1E.2 Field Office and Temporary Facilities lE-1
1E.3 Utilities 1E-1
1E.4 Compressed Air 1E-2
! 1E.5 Temporary Heating 1E-2
1E.6 Sanitary Facilitieq 1E-2
Section 1F - RECEIVING, HANDLIFi, AND STORAGE 1F-1 thru 1F-3
1F.1 General 1F-1
1F.2 Receiving and Handling 1F-1
1F.3 Storage 1F-2
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 >
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
070171 TC1-1
Section lA - DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF THE WORK
1A.1 GENERAL. This section covers the general project description of
the Unit 5 Addition, and the scope and general requirements for the work
under these specifications designated electrical construction specifications.
The Unit 5 Addition to the City of Denton, Texas, Municipal Electric
Generating Station will include the construction of a complete generating
unit i.e., major power plant equipment, systems and auxiliaries, plant
structure, and substation. The nominal capacity of Unit 5 will be
approximately 65 megawatts.
Major components of the new addition will be a gas and oil fired, outdoor
type steam generator; a nor,reheat, condensing type turbine generator; a
two-pass surface condenser; complete auxiliary equipment; an induced
draft cooling tower; a new electrical substation; and a steel framed
plant structure with enclosure for the turbine generator area and the
base and upper drum of the steam generator. More complete descriptions
of these and other associated components are given in the applicable
detail specifications.
A railroad siding will be available at the plant site for delivery of
equipment and materials.
1A.2 WORK INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. The work under these
specifications shall include all materials and services to perform the
electrical construction complete in accordance with the specifications,
drawings, and other contract documents, except as specifically excluded
herein under "Owner-furnished equipment and Materials" and WORK NOT
INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
Electrical constructio,: includes the receiving, unloading,
hauling, storing, protecting from damage, erecting, installing,
cleaning, and check-out of owner-furnished equipment and materials,
tae furnishing and installation of the specified equipment and
materials, the dismantling and removal of certain equipment and
materials, and modifications to existing equipment.
Major components of the work under these specifications are:
Furnish all materials and labor required to modify existing
equipment as specified in Section 30C of these specifications.
Erection connection, cleaning, adjustment and check-out of
Owner-furnished equipment listed in Section 30A of these
specifications.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 j
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1A-1
063071
Furnish, install, electrically connect, clean, adjust, and
check-out as required Contractor-furnished equipment and
materials specified in Sections 30B, 31A, 31B, 31C, 31D9
31E and 31F of specir{caticns.
Furnish all miscellaneous materials required for the erection
of the equipment as specified in Section 30D of these specifi-
cations.
The above explanations and listings are intended to give a general defini-
tion of the scope of the work under these specifications, and shall not be
construed to be an itemized listing of each element of work required. The
Contractor shall be responsible for construction of complete facilities,
conforming in all respects to the details and requirements of the speci-
fications, drawings and other contract documents.
1A.2.1 Contractor-furnished Materials, Manpower, and Services. The Con-
tractor shall provide all materials and equipment which will be permanently
incorporated in the work and which are not specifically designated to be
furnished by the Owner; all labor, supervision, technical direction, admin-
istration and management; and all construction plant and services.
1A.2.2 Owner-furnished Equipment aid Materials. The Owner will furnish
the equipment and materials stipulated in Section 30A which shall be
installed under these specifications:
Owner-furnished equipment and materials will be delivered fob plant
site where the Contractor shall receive them into his custody until final
acceptance of the work.
1A.3 WORK NOT INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. In addition to the
work under these electrical construction specifications, the Oumer has
awarded or will award separate contracts for the following cork which
will be directly associated with the work under these specifications:
Substation construction
General construction
Mechanical construction
Steam generator erection
Cooling tower erection
Part of the work listed hereinbefore will be in progress concurrently with
the work under these specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate his
activities and cooperate with the other contractors, the Owner, and the
Engineer in the best interest of the project.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1A-2
042971
r - -
1A.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. All equipment and
materials to be incorporated into the completed work specified under these
specifications shall be stored and handles' by the Contractor in the manner
specified in Section IF.
(DENTON9 TEXAS - 4904 }
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) IA-3
042971
i
Section 1B - DRAWING SCHEDULE
1B.1 GENERAL. This section lists the drawings and schedules which
have been prepared to describe the work covered by these specifications.
These drawings and schedules shall be considered a part of the contract.
Drawing No. Title
PA-1 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
GENERAL LAYOUT
PA-2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
PIPING AND DUCTS
PA-101 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
BASEMENT - EL. 636'-0"
PA-102 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
GROUND FLOOR - EL. 6471-0"
PA-103 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
OPERATING FLOOR - EL. 658'-0"
PA-~04 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
TANK FLOOR - EL. 673'-0"
DRUM FLOOR - EL. 689'-4"
PA-105 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
D8-1 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
69 KV, 14.4 KV1 13.2 KV AND 4.16 KV
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
DS-2 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
UNIT 5 ADDITION
THREF-LINE DIAGRAM
D8-3 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
480 VOLT AND DC
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
D8-4 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
PANEL ARRANGEMENTS
D8-5 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
INTERCOMMUNICATIONS
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1B-1
042971
Drawin No. Title
D8-11 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
DUCT BANKS AND OVERHEAD CABLE
D8-101 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY
BASEMENT EL. 6361-0"
D8-102 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY
GROUND FLOOR TURBINE AREA EL. 6471-0"
DS-103 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY
GROUND FLOOR BOILER AREA EL, 6471-0"
D8-104 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY AND LIGHTING
OPERATING FLOOR TURBINE AREA EL, 6851-0"
D8-105 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY AND LIGHTING
OPERATING FLOOR BOILER AREA EL. 6581-0"
D8-106 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY AND LIGHTING
TANK FLOOR EL, 6731-0"
D8-107 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY AND LIGHTING
DRUM PLATFORM EL. 6891-4"
D8-108 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY - EXISTING PLANT
BASEMENT AND GROUND FLOOR
D8-109 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAY DETAILS
DB-110 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
DETAILS
DS-201 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
LIGHTING
BASEMENT EL. 6471-0"
DS-202 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
LIGHTING
GROUND FLOOR TURBINE AREA EL. 6581-0"
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1B-2
063071
Drawing No. Title
D8-203 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
LIGHTING
GROUND FLOOR BOILER AREA EL. 6581-0"
D8-204 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
LIGHTING DETAILS
D8-251 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
STATION GROUNDING
D8-551 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
COOLING TOWER AND WATER TREATMENT BUILDING
1B.2 SCHEDULES. The following schedules prepared by the Engineer are appli-
cable to the work covered by these specifications and shall be a part of
the Electrical Construction Drawings and contract documents. These schedules
describe the power and control wiring and raceway to be installed under these
specifications.
Circuit Schedule
Raceway Schedule
1B.3 SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES. Supplementary drawings showing
schematic and wiring connection diagrams will be supplied to the successful
bidder at a later date. The connection diagrams include terminal designations,
• color coding, and circuit identifications for the major equipment. The sche-
matic and wiring connection diagrams will consist of approximately 80 draw-
ings.
The schematic and wiring diagram included herewith is a reduction from the
17 inch by 22 inch drawings and is included to indicate the information
given by these drawings. The sample drawing is designated as F9.
1B.4 LENGTH REPORTS. Cable and raceway length reports will be provided to
bidders but will not be issued for construction. For notes concerning the
use of these reports, see the reports.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1B-3
063071
1 ,
► o LOU"I a tW11ll PAWL S
!
LIS • 11 LC/TII
rW 1 [ • 1N [ LII n• QYAII SOW NC 11-1 Got K" Yi
• " k" me Yx )l i 0• P'W S,
to 1 1 7, sna P" I1,CH"w Il[u tr [mutt, Colt
wle • rl, I Irir S--A 1I/Nj OPS wu Lobo, OK rw S-1
Inver I-I YNp)
IlI 1 1/ " uI/ xn u4 CONTNTI CLOSI m kW rw CS%IY[ Wall TsW Ltvll
I
1 • r., 11
•7 SLAP IwO x11, C011 KT{ [1/11 DA Ml or Mp COQ~N WT[r TiW, ,ML
•
a It 11 r `
• ra. 1 f
4 • ~E t~l
• 1, ' !
1 1. o o a 6a fi:~
• 1 S Y Ail r[r:
a7 Lea[ Iq-17, n
.>M y !
WC Yllr IIINS S
to- SLIT occomohs
1 µ x1M Ir I ra A!
a7 Y u n! -
7 1 - Y n y"
, Y - Y C[L
1 r e 1 x727. Ir
t
1 n IR 1 ,IFS xIL I
W
1 II 1 1 M
11 µ r y
µ
n Ii r I
17 7.
sS 1
1, 1 FIf II
N Y Y t7
I iR
14 Y ~1" Is TUIrr r•1IL S ION
lil COY1•C11
11 , IK is - v rt / "
I
IlV 111 ti 1l' 1
- " 1 1 r
Iltt M 1•t q II M- 11 I 71 _ 1 r r
r117 M /•t Y
IOGL S!,l C/DI h.TOI 4'. Ytt. rll Cortvct
K
µ
1 ~ k KIM
r Ye rIl -x117
PRELIMINARY
11 µ vP b ■ vKr b tOYihl['gv
Y w /1 JI
71 Y .rY
11 it _
1+11 `Sxtj71 ~ s.wa~r.~~e~so .i .d n to wr
µ J~J
Y ~ ru KkrYK •MIIINYI STAr*x
1N IN Cw
041 WON ST4Tle
WR1MT C00.ili Mtt, rw%I-1 t 1-7
►lACK A ATATCH
CpISROVf~[Mf.INCRI rtNSal [h I, Y~,SfOVr1 1/
Section IC - ENGINEERING DATA
1C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements and procedures for
submittal of engineering data.
Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be
furnished under this Contract shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval. These data shall includf drawings and descriptive information
in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation
of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages,
and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed
for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. Data
submitted shall include drawings showing essential details of any changes
proposed by the Contractor and all required wiring and piping layouts.
No work shall be aerformed in connection with the fabrication or manu-
facture of materials and equipment, nor shall any accessory or appur-
tenance be purchased until the drawings and data ther_for have been al-
proved, except at the Contractor's own risk and responsibility.
1C.2 PROCEDURES. Submittal procedure shall be according to the follcwing
paragraphs.
Four copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to
the Engineer. Each drawing or data sheet shall be clearly marked with
the name of the project, the Contractor's n 2:.e, and references to appli-
cable specification paragraphs and plan shuts, khen catalog pages are
submitted, the applicable items shall be indicated.
When t P drawings and data are returned marked A PRUYFD Or RECWIITD FOR
DISTRIBUTION, additional copies shall be oubmitted. The number of ad-
ditional copies will be determined by the Engineer, but will not exceed
eight
T5'hen the drawings and data are returned marked APPROVED AS TdUTED, the
changes shall be made as noted thereon and corrected copies shall be
submitted. The number of copies will be determined by the Engineer
but will not exceed twelve.
When the drawings and data are returned marked FTURED FOR CORRECTION, the
corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engi-
neer and four corrected copies resubmitted.
The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor
will cover only general conformity to the plans and specifications, ex-
ternal connections, and dimensions which affect the plans and layout.
(DENTON, TFXAS )
(CONSTRUCTION )
022670 1C-1
The Engineer's approval of drawings returned marked APPROVED or APPROVED
AS NOTED, will not constitute a blanket approval of all dimensions, quan-
tities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item shown
and does not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility for errors or
deviations from the contract requirements.
All drawings and data, after final processing by the Engineer, shall be-
come a part of the contract documents and the work shown or described
thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwise re-
quired by Cie Owner or the Engineer.
1C.3 MMUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PARTS LISTS. Where instruction man-
uals are required in the detailed specifications they shall include speci-
fications, drawings, and description of equipment; installation instructions;
operating instructions; parts lists; and where applicable, test data and
curves.
The Contractor shall assemble one manual to include all manufacturer's
instructions and parts lists required iu this specification and shall be
bound in Buchan Type ORL (old style) binder covered with pyroxylin impreg-
nated buckram cover, manufactured by Buchan Loose Leaf Records Co., Clifton
Heights, Pennsylvania. The binder shall be adjustable to permit secure
compact binding. The binder co-.er shall be stamped with the proper identi-
fication as shown on Sheet P-802.02 bound at the end of this section. A
proof of the lettering for the cover shall be submitted for the Engineer's
approval before the manual is assembled and submitted.
Where applicable the information contained in the manual shall include a
list of recommended spare parts with the price of each such item, and the
schedule of required lubricants as recommended by the manufacturer. If the
motors or equipment being furnished are equipped with sealed type bearings
the lubrication schedule shall so indicate. The data shall also include all
nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item of equipment and
component part thereof.
The instruction manual shall contain data on the recommended and maximum
allowable vibration limits of all rotating equipment.
The instruction manual shall include the weights of the assembled equipment
and all subassemblies.
The instruction manual shall contain a table of contents and section dividers
with index tabs for ease of reference.
The Contractor shall furnish 12 complete and final copies of the manufac-
turer's instructions and parts lists not later than 30 days prior to shipment
of the equipment. One copy shall be sent to the Engineer and upon approval
thereof, the remaining copies shall be delivered to the Owner.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 1C-2
I
f
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS j
r hlt'NICIP,AI ;HiT!,'W 0,1ENEPATING STATION
z
w
a L1% I
I
S
a
w
IL j
0
INSTRUCTION BOOK
z FOR
NAME OF EQUIPMENT I
a ,
r ,
tin
i
a l7
• +c 1
w -
F F-
< kiAN UrAC1; ;FR'5 NAVF
d r. NOA,N I ACII'~it R' 5 AL ['?E SS
r w
7 0
Q r ~
v'
r w
J
LIJ
CJ
J
a Ilt ACK LATCH
C0'4'~L IT 1 N,; I.`'-, IV ERS
KASSAI; CITY, MISSOURI
i
(gdc46o'e/
(Front Cover) I
Note:
Large type shall be 30 point Tempo Heavy Condensed
All other type shall be 12 point Copperolate Medium Gothic
TYPICAL EQUIPMENT INSTRJCTION BOOK COVER
I -
BLACK & VEATCH CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
CONSULTING ENG4NEERS MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GEAERATING STATION P-802.02
UNIT CITY, MISSOURI S
Section 1D - CONS12RUCTION SCHEDULE
1D.1 GENERAL. This section covers the schedule and sequ-nce for performance
and completion of the various elements of work covered by these specifications.
^he project schedule for the various elements of work is shown in bar graph
form on the schedule drawing bound herewith.
the time of completion is of the essence of the contract. The Contractor
shall start work within 11 days after the Owner's notice to proceed and shall
comply with the dates shown on the bar graph schedule. The bar graph sched-
ule is intended to show the latest completion dates for kev item of work
essential to the coordination and continuity of all work at the site. Earlier
dates shall be adopted and attained wherever possible. Completion dates
marked "C" shall be a contract requirement; failure to complete a key item of
work on or before the completion date shown, adjusted for any extension of
time granted according to General Conditions, will be cause for declaring a
breach of contract.
1D.2 CONTRAC OFFS D TA LED SCHEDULE. Within 15 days after award of c~.lntract,
the Contractor shall submit a detailed construction schedule snowing in graphic
form the times for starting and completing each ~esic element of the work.
The detailed schedule shall be based upon the schedule submitted with the
Contractor's Proposal, as approved by the Owner, and shall corpl;• with `he
key dates specified in the attached bar graph schedule. The detailed sched-
ule shall include a complete breakdown, by basic work elements, for each; key
item of work listed on the bar graph schedule.
The Contractor's detailed schedule shall be revised each month to ref;__±
the actual progress of the work, and shall be r.odified as necessi.,y coor-
dinate his operations with those of other contractors and to assure c-~-.Pletion
of each item of work within thA time specified.
ID-3 COCRDINATION. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with tha. of the
other contractors and shall cooperate fully with the Engineer in maintaining
regular orderly progress towards completion of the work. One Fn,ineer'
decision regarding priority between the Contractor's work and the wort; cf
other contractors at the site shall be final and shall not be cause for extra
compensation or extension of time, except where :xtension of time is Era7ted
because of actual and unavoidable delay.
I•fodifications and other work which involves the existing operating plant
shall be coordinated and scheduled with the Owner to assure mininum inter-
ference with the plant operation. Proposed scheduling for such wort shall
be submitted to the Engineer in sufficient time to permit his evaluation
(DYNTON, Tuns - 49o4)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 lD~-1
and approval or recommendation before the work starts. Work which rd ht
cause an interruption in the rower generation, or interfere with normal
plant operation, shall be performed only when the details and schedule for
such work have been approved by the Owner in writing.
Failure of Owner-furnisho i equipment, wnd natorials to arrive as scheduled,
or failure of other conAruction contractors to meet their schedule, shall
not be justification for claim for extra coiipensation.
Failure of Owrn--furnished equipment and materials to arrive as scheduled,
or failure of other construction contractors to meet their schedule, shall
not be justification for an extension of time, except where such failure
causes, in the opinion of the Engineer, an actual delay in the Contractor's
work, in which case the provisions of the General Conditions regarding
extensions of time shall apply.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep himself, and his
subcontractors, advised at all times during the course of construction as
to the delivery status of the Owner-furnished equipment. When so requested
in writing by the Contractor, the Engineer will atterot to expedite or re-
tard the delivery of specific items of Owner-furnished equipment; however,
inability of the Engineer to expedite or retard delivery as requested shall
not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to ^omplete the wsrk in
compliance with the specified schedule.
(DE TON, TEXAS - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION 1
100270 1D-2
L
nu k972 1973
GD, 6kGCnrrIDN MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOY DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAT JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOY DEC JAN FEB
MAR APR
D-8 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPM_NT I
E-12 ISOLATED PHASE DUS DUCT 111111 MIAMI
E-11 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS rn 111 E-16 DUAL SNITCH"ARDS 111111
E-20 LOAD CENTiR UNIT SUOSTATION 11s 11
E-22 1.16 NY SWITCHGEAR AND 6115 DUCT ~ 111 In --~t
- t_
~
E-26A GEN 5 TRANSFORMER SECT 21 w
26} - - - - _-j- - - t
1
AUA TRANSFORMER {SECT} m w w
MAIN
K-611 - CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION }
TAD ICAIiE kA[<Y LOA GT OTN[kN - t -
UNPIN IMIA11 CDATNACr INITIAL
I
- t 1- 1 OF EAATION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OPERATION
1EE0 YOIi POWER-} _
160 VOLT POWER -
MISCELLANEOUS 115 V POWER 1- } { fi_,~_1_ _ ,-l -t-*-.•-. - } _
RATTERY CHANGER AND OC PANEL
INT[RCOMMINICATIONS
_ s
IIGNiIN6
CONTROL AND ANNUNCIATION - - f'~ f-- ~ r-- ~ 1 ~ 1-_,-_._ } _ ♦ aC _ _
tiUNNER CONTROL
-
1UNDINE GENERATOR CONTROL -1
4 If
4----WiATING AND VENTILATION ..1 1 -
C 1
ESS SERVICE STATIC INVERTER 1 • ♦ ; , 1_, 4 4
i 1
tt a {
f
COMPLETE WORN AND NOME t t # 1 t }
I
LEGEND -Poo Oalr LID
IIIS1 A 11-11C+1 (D17Ul1111p I14'1iI11 1117AS Carl ■1SSOV11 {9D1
- 111111116111111 DI LI nAr PER Igo
6
- 1 ' DENTON, TEXAS PROJFCT SCHEDULE P?_~ _ ■
WoRo wocn 8101 KrDNy MUNICIPAL UKTRIC GENERAIING STAT)ON ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION +•Sr T o<
S
Irf nl s; D6s,AND-P ':f, zut 17 wNA C rtrt UNIT 3 65000 NW SPtC IF1CA110N NO. 4004 D.6 ~c A. D4 0124-1
L
:~cctiun .11'. - CUIJh`I'!<UG~'i~Ai URfiVIf'1.18
1E.1 GENERAL. This section covers the construction services which the Con-
tractor shall provide in the prosecution of the work under these specifica-
tions.
Unless otheivise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all construction
plant, utilities, and temporary facilities and all equipment, materials, and
supplies which are required for prosecution of the work but. which will not
be incorporated in the completed work.
A11 temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall
remain the property of the Contractor and shall be taintained throu&.out
the construction work. When the construction work is completed, all such
temporary structures and facilities shall be removed from the site and the
area shall be restored to its original condition.
11 construction plant and facilities shall be in first-class condition and
shall be of the proper type and size to adequately perform the work. Such
plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically maintained throe&-
out the work to insure proper and efficient operation. Plant and facilities
which are inadequate or improperly maintained shall be promptly modified,
repaired, or removed from the site and replaced.
1E.2 FIELD OFFICE AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish
all office space, office supplies and equipment required for the prosecution
of the work.
All temporary structures and facilities furnished by tre Contractor shah
remain the property of the Contractor, and when the construction work is
completed, all such temporary structures and facilities, including founda-
tions and underground utilities, shall be ,-Qmovcd from the site and the
area shall be restored to its original condition.
'emForary structures for warehouses and other uaes for the Contractor or his
subcontractors shall be constructed by the Contractor using, materials, desieii,
and construction approved by the Engineer. Such structures shall be built
only in locations assigned by the Engineer. Suitable construction trailers
ray be used in lieu of temporary structures, subject to the Engineer's
approval.
1E.3 UTILITIES. Construction utilities shall be furnished by the Contrac-
tor or will be provided by the Owner as follows.
1E.3.1 Telephone. The Contractor shall provide his own telephone service.
(DEI+'TON, r XAS - 4904)
(C0IJSTRUCTI0N )
100270 lE-1
1E.3.2 Water. The Owner will furnish without char, at a single supply
point on the plant. ,3ite, water for con-tructio❑ w,d drinkinti puri)osq!a.
The Contractor shall furnish taid iuatall f6l 4tLtf•r dirtrit,ution frtciliticr,
requin•d.
The Contractor shall provide R ccnitury drinkinr; water Sy, tem for his er::-
ployees, including water coolers, ice, di,-possible drinking cups, and a
trash can at each water cooler.
1E.3.3 Electric Power. The Owner will fv~nish all energy, for construction
power and temporary lighting at no charge. the power will be supplied at 480
volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz, and 120 volts, single chase at a single supply point.
The Contractor shall provide all temporary wiring, eq'upment, devices and
facilities required to distribute power for his use and his subcontractor's
use.
1E.4 COMPRESSED AIR. the Contractor shall Provide all air compressors,
fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other 9Fparatlis required for supplying,
compressed air required for prosecution of the wort
IE.5 TEhrORARY Hr: TING, The Contractor shall provide all heating required
for the protection of his works for prt_`•ection of eq1L1iprPnt and materials
in his custody, and for the efficient prosecution of hls work.
Temporary heating methods shall be safe, cleaj, and efficient. Salarna_iders
and similar type heaters will not be permitted in the construction area or
in any enclosure, and may be used only in rerx;te locations where the possi-
bility of damage by smoke, fumes, or fire is not, iejrjrent in the opinion of
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of his heating system and
shall provide proper ventilation and fire protection. Open flame heater:
shall not be left unattended in construction or sto%age areas, unless unproved
by the Engineer in each case.
' 1E.6 SANITARY FACILITIES. ine Contractor sh.,dl furnish and maintain Mlitarr
facilities, including a systen of chemical toilets, for the use of all persona
engaged in work at the site. The use of pit or treech latrines will not be
permitted. The number and location of chemical toilets shall be as required
to adequately and conveniently serve the needs of these persons.
^-.e Contractor shall enforce strict observance of san'ta y and health reeu-
lations by his employees on the plant site.
The chemical toilets and their maintenance shall aeet the requirements of
the State Board of Health. Any such facilities or maintenance methods fail-
ing to meet these requirements shall be corrected immediately.
(DEiTON, TEiU13 - 4904)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 lE-2
Section lr' - RAC TVING, HANDLING, AND OTOi2AGN
0.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements for receiving, handling,
and storage of all Contractor-furnished and Owner-furnished materials and
equipment.
Storage areas on the site will be allocated for the Contractor's use by the
Engineer. When requested by the Engineer and before unloadin€, any materials
or equipment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a drav-
ir6 showing proposed layout and utilization of Lis storage areas. Storage
areas shall be utilized in accordance with the drawing as approved by the
Engineer. This drawing shall be kept current and shall show the location
and description of all stored items for which the Contractor is responsible.
Revised copies of this drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer as they
are made.
1F.2 RECEIVING AND HANDLING. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
prompt unloading of all equipment or material to be unloaded under these
specifications and shall pay all demurrage incurred.
,he Contractor shall handle all equipment and materials oru fully to prevent
damage or loss, shall store t}gem in an orderly r%nner, shall keep alegvAte
and convenient records of their location, end stall kenp a cuntinucusl;•
accurate inventory.
The use of bare wire rope slings for unloading and handling, materials anj
equipment is prohibited except with the specific approval of the _.noir.ecr.
All receiving sheets and -Aterial handling forr shall be furnished l;r the
Contractor and :hall be subject to the Owner's 3enroval.
1F.2.1 0w.;er-fUrQsV,1. '.`.IuiT7F_%t evil !!.at, rials. Ririe Cv%troctor hall oxamino
all shipments of 'Owner- furnished equipment and r.nterial, except si are , girt.
and maintenance twol°J, and shall notify the 'rnoincer irnadiately ei an :AorL-
a;e's, discrepancica, or dinaT,. One Contractor chnll and store sy"r,'
parts and is3intenance tools aw directed by the Engineer tot the fr.rner ill
check such shipments for shortages and damage.
Wr.en Owner-furnished materials or equipment are received from carriers, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner receiving sheets as rcquired, listin,
the material or equipment received and acknowledging receipt of same from
the Owner. After sLeh equipment and materials are received in good condition
by the Contractor, he shall thereafter be solely responsible for any d n%g,e
or shortage and for the proper accounting for ;hair use until final acc-i.-
tance of the Contractor's work. Shortages or damage not imandiately relorLed
at the time received on the site shall be supplied and rade rood at the Con-
tractor's expense.
( DEN TOCN , VEXAS - );;)04)
(CONSTRUCTION }
1.00270 3-i
If any Owner-furnished materials and equipment arrive at the plant site
after working hours, the Contractor shall assign personnel to receive and
inspect all such shipments, and shall pay all base time and overtime costs
for such work.
The Contractor shall rehandle and reload, if required, all Owner-furnished
materials and equipment which have been rejected.
The Contractor shall handle and load all returnable packing boxes, special
handling devices, and cable reels for Owner-furnished materials and equip-
ment. All such materials shall be returned as promptly as possible.
The Contractor shall replace all Owner-furnished materials and equipment
which have become lost or damaged from any cause during all times these
materials or equipment are in the custody of the Contractor. Replaced
materials or equipment shall be of a type and quality equal to the original
materials ar.d equipment and shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
1F.3 STORAGE. Stored equipment and materials shall be adequately supported
and protected to prevent damage. Equipment shall be moved into the perm-
anent building or onto its permanent foundation as soon as construction will
permit.
Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the ground.
In warehouses that do not have dry concrete or suspended floors, materials
and equipment shall be stored on platforms or shoring.
Strip heaters and similar heating devices furnished with electrical equip-
went shall be electrically connected to provide protection during storage.
Some electrical equipment, which will not require space heaters after the
plant is in operation, will require internal space heaters during the stor-
age and construction period. The Contractor shall furnish, install, main-
tain, and remove heat lamps or equivalent acceptable electrical heating
dt.vices as directed by the Engineer to protect all such equipment received
a'id erected under these specifications.
All openings in equipment and piping not stored under weatherproof covers
shall be closed to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture during storage.
All platforms, enclosures, shoring, and weatherproof coverings for storage
use shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed upon
completion of the work.
1F.3.1 Indoor Storage Facilities. Indoor storage shall consist of prefab-
ricated metal buildings or equivalent frame enclosures which are weather-
tight, well ventilated, and secure against theft and vandalism. The build-
itigs or enclosures shall be situated and constructed so that they will not
be subject to flooding. Drainage shall be provided to intercept storm or
surface water and divert it from the building. Floors shall be paved with
concrete, asphalt, or crushed rock surfacing placed on well drained subgrade
and constructed so as to form an effective moisture barrier between the
subgrade and the floor surface. Suspended floors may be used in lieu of
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 1F-2
063071
paving. 'Equipment and materials shall be placed on pallets or shoring to
permit air circulation under the stored item. Access doors shall be adequate
to accomodate the rovemen~ and handling of materials grid equipment to be
stored and shall be equipped with secure locks.
Construction trailers or portable enclosures alproved by the f:ngineer may
be used in lieu of the indoor storage facilities described above.
11'.3.2 Open rlatforus. Open platform shall be constructed from sound lur:ber
not less than 2 inches nominal thickness. Open platforms shall be adequately
constructed to support the loads inposed by the stored materials and equipment.
Platforms shall be level, shall be supported or, ccricretc block piers and shall
be not less than 18 inches above grade.
Shoring for storage of materials and equipment shall utilize sound tic,'oers
not less than 6 inches by 8 inches nominal size.
1F.3.3 Coverings. Weatherproof coverings for outdoor storage shall utilize
a waterproof flame resistant type of paper base sheeting. This sheeting shall
be of laminated paper and aluminum foil, glass reinforced, PYRO-FEE. 610 as
manufactured by Sisalkraft Division, St. Regis 'raper Co. or approved equal.
Sheeting widths shall be not less than 84 inches; if necessary, widths may
be built up by using waterproof taped splices. The c1neeting shall be care-
fully placed and tied down to prevent moisture from entering the laps and to
prevent wind da 6e to the coverings.
1F.3.4 Storage Schedules. Except as otherwise sp-cified in Section lA or
hereinafter, the storage method to be used for various, materials and equip-
ment shall be determined as follows:
Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equipment
or which have finish paint,.sd surfaces, and ot?ler items which
would he damaged by outdoor expooure, shall be stored indoors.
When such storage would present an tuireasonuble t'uildiing, space
or volumo regUirement, the equiprM-2nt or r ~t,rials may, with, the
approval of the Enj;ineer, be stored und<,r weatherproof coverings
on shoring or platforms.
All small loose items which could be eaz-ily lost, stolen, broken,
or misused shall be stored indoors.
All other equipment and nater.ials shall be stored on open platform;
or shoring.
All storage methods and schedules shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
(DENTON, YFUs - 49o4)
(CONSTRUCTION )
100270 1F-3
DIVISION 30 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lae-
Section 30A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 30A-1 thru 30A11-1
30A.1 General 30A-1
Subsection
30A1 Isolated Phase Bus Duct 30Al-1
30A2 Motor Control Center 30A2-1
30A3 Dual switchboards 30A3-1
30A4 Load Center Unit Substation 30A4-1
30A5 4.16 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear and Bus Duct 30AS-1
30A6 Generator Transformer 5 30A6-1
30A7 Main Auxiliary Transformer 5 30A7-1
30A8 Control and Instrument Equipment 30A8-1
30A9 Steam Generator 30A9-1
30A10 Turbine Generator 30A10-1
30All Cooling Tower 30A11-1
Section 30B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 30B-1 thru 30B12-1-
30B.1 General 30B-1
30B.2 Engineering Data 30B-1
30B.3 Correction of Manufacturing Errors 30B-1
30B.4 Nameplates 30B-1
30B.5 Equipment Painting 30B-2
Subsection
30B1 Dry Type Transformers 30Bl-1
3082 AC and DC Panelboards 30B2-1 thru 3082-3
30B3 Separately Mounted Motor Control 30B3-1 thru 3083-3
30B4 Essential Service Power Supply
Equipment 30B4-1 thru 30B4-8
30B5 Battery 30BS-1 thru 30BS-3
30B6 Battery Chargers 3086-1 thru 30B6-3
3087 Grounding Resistor 30B7-1
30B8 Electric Unit Heaters 30B8-1 thru 3088-2
3089 Push-buttons and Selector Switch
Stations 30B9-1 thru 30B9-2
30BIO Contactors 30B10-1
30BIl Welding Receptacles 30B11-1
3UB12 Disconnect Devices 30B12-1
(DENTONj TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063071 TC30-1
Page
Section 30C - MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT 30C-1 thru 30C-3
30C.1 General 30C-1
30C.2 Drawing and Catalog Data 30C-2
30C.3 Modifications to Existing 4.16 kV Switchgear 30C-2
30C.4 Modifications to Existing Switchboards 30C-2
30C.5 Modifications to Existing Motor Control Center 30C-2
30C.6 Relocation of Existing Flow Recorders 30C-3
30C.7 Modification to Control Room 3OC-3
Section 30D - EQUIPMENT ERECTION 30D-1 thru 30D-10
30D.1 General 30D-1
30D.2 Miscellaneous Material 30D-1
30D.3 Location Tolerances 30D-1
30D.4 Alignment 30D-1
30D.5 Gleaning 30D-1
30D.6 Equipment Finish 30D-2
30D.7 Manufacturer's Inspection and Supervision 30D-2
30D.8 Insulating Oil 30D-2
30D.9 Equipment Protection 30D-4
30D.10 Grouting 300-5
30D.11 Lubrication 300-6
30D.12 Maintenance Tools 30D-6
30D.13 Galvanized Surface Coatings 30D-6
30D.14 Bolted Electrical Connections 30D-6
30D.15 Shield Aires 30D-6
30D.16 Aluminum Bus Duct Installation 30D-7
30D.17 Field Tests 30D-8
30D.18 Startup and Initial Operation 30D-9
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(EI,ECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 TC30-2
Section 30A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
30A.1 GENERAL. The electrical equipment and material described in this
section will be furnished by the Owner and other contractors under separate
• specifications for installation in the plant under these specifications.
All work, materials, and additional equipment required for complete instal-
lation of individual equipment items shall be provided and shall conform
to the requirements of these specifications unless otherwise noted.
Information describing equipment included in this section will give only
an approximate scope of the erection work and is not intended to be a
detailed itemization of all work to be done or materials to be furnished
as a part of these specifications. To obtain complete information, the
manufacturers' equipment drawings and other information may be examined
at the offices of the Engineer. If necessary, supplemental information
may be obtained from the equipment manufacturers concerning the extent of
field erection work. The weights and dimensions given are approximate.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 3OA-1
Subsection 30A1 - ISOLATED PH.LSE BUS DUCT
Specification 4904 E-12A
30A1.1 GENERAL, The isolated phase bus dtict described below will be
furnished by General Electric Company under the referenced specification.
30A1.2 DESCRIPTION. The 14.4 kV bus duct system includes a 3000 ampere
aluminum main bus with aluminum housing, to connect the generator to the
generator transformer and 1500 ampere aluminum bus taps to the main
auxiliary transformer, to the surge protection and potential transformer
compartment and to the power potential transformer. Hanger assemblies
will be furnished with the bus duct.
The bus will weigh approximately 160 pounds per 3 phase foot for both the
3000 ampere and 1500 ampere bus. The weight o' the largest shipping
piece is approximately 3200 pounds.
30A1.3 ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION. The Contractor shall field assemble
and install the entire isolated phase bus duct system as recommended by
the manufacturer. The bus duct is designed to be pressurized with dried
air, therefore assembly shall be made sufficiently tight to permit maintaining
an air pressure of one-half to one inch water column static pressure without
consuming more than 120 cubic feet of air per hour. Assembly shall include
field welding of bus conductor and housing at shipping splits and joints.
Welding procedures shall conform to applicable requirements of these speci-
fir-,:ions and the manufacturer's recommendations.
30A1.4 MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVE. The services of a manufacturer's
service representative will be provided to inspect and advise during the
erection, cleaning, startup and testing of the equipment.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30AI-i
Subsection 30A2 - MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
Specification 4904 E-14A
30A2.1 GENERAL. The motor control center equipment described below will
be furnished by Westinghouse Electric Corporation under the referenced
specification.
30A2,2 DESCRIPTION. Two notoc control centers will be furnished with
one bus each consisting of vertical sections, each nominally 20 inches
deep, 20 inches wide and 90 inches high joined together to form complete
enclosed assemblies.
Each motor control center will consist of approximately eight vertical
sections, weighing approximately 3600 pounds, and shipped in two 1800
pound pieces.
The motor control centers will include combination motor starters and
molded case circuit breakers in the quantities and arrangements shown
on the drawings.
30A2.3 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, The services of a manufacturer's
service :presentative will be provided to inspect the equipment after
erection and to assist in placing the equipment in operation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30A2-1
042971
Subsection 30A3 - DUAL SWITCHBOARDS
Specification 4904 E-18A
30A3.1 GENERAL. The dual switchboards described below will be furnished
by Keystone Electrical Manufacturing Company under the referenced speci-
fication.
30A3.2 DESCRIPTION. The dual switchboard will consist of two sections,
each approximately 28 inches wide, 90 inches high and 30 inches deep.
Section 13 will be for Generator 5 control and Section 14 will be a panel
for station auxiliarie3.
(DENTONp TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30A3-1
Subsection 30A4 - LOAD CENTER UNIT SUBSTATION
Specification 4904 E-20A
30A4.1 GENERAL. The load center unit substation equipment described
below will be furnished by General Electric Company under the r3ferenced
specification.
30A4.2 DESCRIPTION. One double ended load center unit substation con-
sisting of two 750 kVA askarel filled transformers and 480 metal-enclosed
switchgear will be furnished. Each transformer is approximately 68 inches
wide, 65 inches long, 82 inches high and weighs approximately 7050 pounds.
The switchgear is approximately 54 inches wide, 157 inches long, 90 inches
high and weighs approximately 9000 pounds and will be shipped in two sections.
The switchgear includes five 1600 ampere frame and six 600 ampere frame draw-
out type breaker elements. The transformers will be shipped filled with
insulating liquid.
30A4.3 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The services of a manufacturer's
service representative will be provided to inspect the equipment after
erection and to assist in placing the equipment in operation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30A4-1
Subsection 30A5 - 4.16 KV METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR AND BUS DUCT
Specification 4904 E-22A
30A.5.1 GENERAL. The metal-clad switchgear and bus duct equipment described
below will be furnished by General Electric Company under the referenced
specification.
30A.5.2 DESCRIPTION. The 4.16 kV switchgear will consist of eleven sec-
tions of heavy-duty metal-clad switchgear rated 250 MVA interrupting
capacity. Included in this switchgear will be eleven drawout type cir-
cuit breaker elements, each rated 1200 amperes. The switchgear will be
in three sections - two sections approximately 104 inches long and one
section 78 inches long, weighing approximately 5300 pounds and 4000 pounds
respectively. The switchgear will be approximately 92 inches high, 86
inches deep and with air circuit breaker units, will weigh approximately
26,000 pounds total.
There will be eleven air circuit breakers, weighing 1100 pounds each
and shipped separate from the switchgear.
The 4.16 kV bus duct is approximaLely 24 feat long and weighs appv-ximately
75 pounds per foot.
30A5.3 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The services of a manufacturer's
service representative will be provided to inspect the equipment after
erection and to assist in placing the equipment in operation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30X5-1
063071
Subsection 30A6 - GENERATOR TRANSFORMER 5
Specification 4906 E-28A
30A6,1 GENERAL. The generator transformer described below will be fur-
nished by Federal Pacific Electric Company under the referenced specifica-
tion.
30A6.2 DESCRIPTION. The Generator Transformer 5 iri rated 42,000/56,000/
70,000 MIA, 69,000-14,400 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz, and is being furnished
complete with lightning arresters. It will be shipped less fans, oil,
pumps, radiators, bushings, arresters, and inert gas equipment. Approximately
5340 gallons of oil will be shipped separately to fill the transformer after
radiators are installed. Total weight of the assembled transformer will be
approximately 157,000 pounds including oil. Weight of heaviest piece approx-
imately 100,000 pounds.
30A6.3 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The services of a manufacturer's
service representative will be provided to inspect the equipment after
erection and to assist in placing the equipment in operation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 300-1
Subsection 30A7 - MAIN AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER 5
Specification 4904 E-28A
30A7.1 GENERAL. The -rain auxiliary transformer described below will be
furnished by Federal Pacific Electric Company under the referenced
specification.
30A7.2 DESCRIPTION. The main auxiliary transformer is rated 5000/6250
kVA, 14,400-4360/2520 wye volts, 3 phase and 60 hertz. It will be shipped
completely assembled, its total assembled weight will be approximately
30,500 pounds including oil.
30A7.3 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The services of a manufacturer's
service representative will be provided to inspect the equipment after
erection and to assist in placing the equipment in operation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30A7-1
Subsection 30AB - CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT EQUIPMENT
Specification 4904 K-6A
30A8.1 GENERAL. The control and instrument equipment described below
will be furnished by Bailey Meter Company under the referenced specification.
30A8.2 DESCRIPTION. Most of the control and instrument equipment will be
received and erected under separate specifi~:ationi and will be predominantly
pneumatic with some electrical controls. The equipment consists of assembled
panels and separately mounted devices. The electrical work of making elec-
trical connections of external circuit;; to panel components shall be a part
of these specifications and is covered in the drawings and schedules.
The equipment which follows shall be set or mounted and electrically
connected under these specifications but will be received and stored under
separate specifications.
A temperature monitoring system consisting of a freestanding cabinet
approximately 59 inches high, 22 inches wide and 26 inches deep, a Hewlett-
Packard printer and a 12 inch by 15 inch panel insert.
A recording annunciator system consisting of a cabinet approximately 68
inches high, 19 inches wide and 19 inches deep, an alarm printer and two
visual annunciator panels for remote panel mounting.
I
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30AS-1
Subsection 30A9 - STEAM GENERATOR
Specification 4904 M-34A
30A9.1 GENERAL. The steam generator equipment described below will be
furnished and erected by Combustion Engineering Incorporated under the
referenced specification.
30A9.2 DESCRIPTION. The steam generator furnished is a 629,000 pound
per hour nonreheat type steam generator. Included with the steam generator
will be the regenerative air heater, gas and air ducts, forced draft fan
and ..rotors, and steam temperature control system.
Included with the steam generator will be a complete Burner Control System
(Bailey 760), consisting of a five unit Burner Control Cabinet, six sets
of burner gas shutoff valves, two gas header purge valves, one lighter
header purge valve, six remote control burner stations, key switch, six
register drives, six lighter shutoff valves, associated pressure, tempera-
ture and limit switches, three burner control relay cabinets, six flame
detectors and six local burner control stations.
Under this specification the Contractor shall furnish and install the com-
plete wiring and raceway system as shown by the drawings and schedules. He
shall also install the six remote control burner stations and key switch
in the boiler control panel, three burner control relay cabinets, and six
local burner control stations. All other steam generator and burner
control equipment will be installed under separate contracts.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 }
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30A9-1
Subsection 30A10 - TURBINE GENERATOR
Specification 4904 M-40A
30A10.1 GENERAL. The turbine generator described below will be furnished
by General Electric Company under the referenced specification.
30A10.2 DESCRIPTION. The turbine generator will be installed under other
specifications. The generator excitation compartment, grounding compartment,
power potential transformer and surge protection, potential transformer
compartment and miscellaneous switchboard devices will be furnished to the
Contractor who shall install them.
The generator excitation compartment will be approximately 138 inches
wide, 90 inches high, and 60 inches deep.
The grounding compartment will be approximately 7 feet long, 6 feet 8 inches
high and 4 feet wide.
The surge protection and potential transformer compartment will be approxi-
mately 75 inches long, 52 inches high, and 80 inches wide.
The power potential transformer will be approximately 88 inches wide,
89 inches high, and 50 inches deep.
The Contractor shall install a field breaker control switch, manual regu-
lator control switch, regulator transfer switch, voltage adjusting potentio-
meter and regulator transfer voltmeter on the Owner's switchboard.
The electrical wiring and conduit required to connect electrical devices
mounted on the turbine and generator to local junction boxes will be f+ir-
nished under other elecifications.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30A10-1
063071
Subsection 30A11 - CC)OLING TIOWF.R
Specification 4904 M-10A
30A11.1 GENERAL. The cooling tower described below will be furnished
and erected by the Marley Company under the referenced specification.
30A11.2 DESCRIPTION. The cooling tower will be induced draft type wood
filled, wood framed, five cell cooling tower. The cooling tower fan
motors, vibration switches, and system of conduit supports are furnished
and installed with the cooling tower. The conduit support system will
be Unistrut. Conduit, conduit clamps, conductors, push-button stations,
and lighting, are a part of these specifications and are covered in the
plans and schedules. The conduit, conduit fittings, and clamping materials
shall be aluminum or aluminum alloy.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-B) 30A11-1
042971
Section 30B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
i
30B.1 GENERAL. The electrical equipment and materials included in this
section shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. This equip-
went and material is ~10L specified elsewhere and is necessary to make a
complete electrical installation as intended by the drawings and these
specifications.
All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a
complete installation of the Contractor-furnished equipment shall be in-
cluded as a part of this section.
Contractor-furnished materials for the raceway, cable and conductors,
grounding, lighting, and freeze protection systems are described under
DIVISION 31 of these specifications.
Additional Contractor-furnished equipment and material is described
under Section 30C, MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT.
These specifications covering Contractor-furnished equipment and material
describe the type, functions, and general arrangements desired. The scope
of these specifications does not necessarily cover all design details and
features. The right is reserved to require modifications of construction
details or operational features which may not have been discussed in the
specifications and which, in the estimation of the Engineer, are substandard
or undesirable.
30B.2 ENGINEERING DATA. The Contractor shall submit drawings which ade-
quately show the general arrangement of the equipment, principles of opera-
tion, sizes, general appearance, and materials of construction.
the Contractor shall submit drawings to the Engineer for approval on all
equipment he is required to furnish under this section of specifications.
The drawings shall be submitted as specified in General Conditions, and
not later than 120 days after award of contract.
30B.3 CORRECTION OF MANUFACTURING ERRORS. Tha equipment shall be complete
in all respects within the limits herein outlined as determined by the Engi-
neer. All manufacturing errors or omissions required to be corrected in
the field shall be done by the Cont-:actor at his expense, or if done by the
Owner, the cost of same shall be deducted from the contract price.
30B.4 NAMEPLATES. Where nameplates are required by the drawings or speci-
fications, they shall be made of laminated black and white plastic with
black on the outside. The letters shall be engraved by cutting through the
black outside layer so that the letters appear white. Wording for all name-
plates will be furnished later by the Engineer unless specifi: wording is
shown on the drawings or in these specifications.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B-1
042971
30B.5 EQUIPMENT PAINTING. Exposed nongalvanized surfaces of all equipment
shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to
provide a smooth uniform base for painting and painted with one or more
coats of primer and two or more finish coats of alkyd resin machinery
enamel or lacquer as required to produce a smooth hard durable finish. Un-
less specified otherwise, the color of the finish coats shall be ANSI 61
for indoor equipment and ANSI 24 for outdoor equipment.
(DENT.ONO TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B-2
042971
Subsection 3081 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
3081.1 DESCRIPTION. Dry type transformers suitable for indoor or outdoor
mounting shall be furnished in the quantity, voltage, phase, kVA rating,
tap rating, and method of mounting shown in the transformer schedule which
is included as a part of the drawings.
Transformers shall be designed and fabrir_ated in accordance with appli-
cable ANSI, NEMA, and UI standards. Transformers shall bear UL label
where applicable.
Where 3 phase transformers are specified, transformers with Scott con-
nected, two-winding primaries and/or secondaries will not be acceptable.
Transformers shall be Class AA and shall have winding insulation suitable
for 150 C temperature rise by resistance above a 40 C ambient.
Transformers shall have a rated sound level of 45 decibels or below when
measured in accordance with NEMA standards.
Wall hanger brackets especially designed to accommodate the transformers
shall be furnished and installed with all wall mounted transformers.
Transformers shall be thoroughly cleaned, then given a rust resisting
primer coat and two or more finish coats of ANSI Indoor Light Gray
No. 61 paint.
The transformers shall be as manufactured by one of the following manu-
facturers:
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company
Gene al Electric Company
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30Bl-1
063071
Subsection 3082 - AC AND DC PANELBOARDS
30B2.1 DESCRIPTION. Panelboards shall be designed and fabricated in
accordance with NEMA standards for paneiboards. Each panelboard or all "
current controlling devices in each panelboard shall bear the UL latel.
30B2.1.1 Cabinets. Each panelboard shall be mounted in a galvanized
sheet steel cabinet. The cabinet shall have a removable front plate
complete with hinged door, latch and key lock. The front plate and
door shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with at least one coat
of rust resistant primer and at least two coats of ANS 61 light gray
indoor enamel.
30B2.1.2 Buses. Rigid buses of copper or copper alloy shall be provided,
arranged with consecutive phasing of branch circuit connections. Branch
circuit protective devices shall be arranged and mounted to allow re-
placement of any device without disturbing operation or mounting of other
devices in the panel.
30B2.1.3 Branch Circuit Protective Devices. Protective overcurrent de-
vices for branch circuits shall be of the size and type shown on the
plans,
They shall be single, double, or triple pole thermal magnetic type cir-
cuit breakers designed for automatic tripping.
Panelboard branch circuit breakers shall be ambient compensated at 50 C.
Each panelboard circuit breaker shall meet the interrupting requirements
at all ac and do voltage listed in the tabulation which follows for its
t.,,;e, number of poles, and frame size in addition to satisfying the re-
quirements of the particular panelboard in which it is installed.
Panelboard circuit breakers shall be classified aceordin6 to type as
follows:
_ INTERRUPTING CAPACITY (NEMA) _
_ AC DC
FRAME TRIP
TYPE RATING RANGE SYMMETRICAL
AMPERES AMPERES POLES AMPERES VOLTS AMPERES VOLTS
A 100 15-100 1 79500 120 5,000 125
B 100 15-100 2 or 3 7,500 240 51000 125/250
C 100 15-100 1 109000 277 5,OC0 125
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRIULL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 3082-1
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY (NEHAA)
AC DC
FRAME TRIP
TYPE RATING RANGE SYMMETRICAL
AMPERES AMPERES POLES AMPERES VOLTS AMPERES VOLTS
D 100 15-100 2 or 3 180000 740 10,000 250
14,000 480
E 225 70-225 2 or 3 229000 240 10,000 250
18,000 480
F 400 125-400 2 or 3 42,000 240 109000 250
30,000 480
G 800 125-800 2 or 3 42,000 240 10,000 250
30 000 480
The tabulated schedule of circuit breakers according to type shall be used in
selecting circuit breakers for each panelboard unless the drawings indicate
that a different breaker shall be used for a particular application.
Panelboard branch circuit breakers shall be as listed in the following schedule:
BREAKER
FRAME BREAKER
PANELBOARD RATING BREAKER TYPE
PANELBOARD SERVICE VOLTAGE AMPERES POLES REQUIRED
Lighting 120/208 ac 100 1 A
100 2 or 3 B
225 2 or 3 E
125 do 100 2 B
Power 120/208 ac 100 1 A
or 100 2 or 3 B
120/240 ac 225 2 or 3 E
400 2 or 3 F
800 2 or 3 G
480 ac 100 2 or 3 D
225 2 or 3 E
400 2 or 3 F
800 2 or 3 G
125 do 100 2 D
225 2 E
400 2 F
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B2-2
063071
30B2.1.4 Nameplates. Each panel shall be identified with a suitable en-
graved nameplate mounted at the top of the front plate. Nameplate engraving
will be furnished later.
30B2.1.5 Cardholders. Circuit identification for each breaker shall be
typewritten on cards mounted in cardholders.
30B2.1.6 Manufacturer. Tile panelboard shall be as manufactured by one
of the following manufacturers:
Square D Company
General Electric Company
I-T-E Imperial Corporation
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
(DENTONO TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3082-3
063071
Subsection 30B3 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED MOTOR CONTROL
3OB3.1 DESCRIPTION. Motor control equipment and accessories for mounting
separate from motor control centers shall be as listed in the schedule shown
on the drawings and shall be complete with laminated nameplates. This motor
control equipment shall be in accordance with NEMA 1CS and the following
articles.
30B3.1.1 Manual Starters. Single phase manual starters shall be toggle
operated with one bimetal type thermal overload element and one indicating
light. The starters shall be designed for control of 120 volt, single
phase motors and shall be provided in NEMA Type 12 dusttight enclosures
arranged for surface mounting.
Three phase manual starters shall include 480 volt, 3 pole contactors with
three manual reset thermal overload relays. These starters sham be Size
1 or larger and shall be furnished in NEMA Type 12 enclosures ar-canged for
surface mounting unless otherwise specified.
3083.1.2 Magnetic- AC Starters. Magnetic starters for ac service shall
include 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz contactors with three manual reset
thermal overload relays, 120 volt ac operating coils, and 480 to 120
volt dry type control transformers complete with one secondary lead
fused and the other secondary lead grounded. The starters shall be
Size 1 or larger and shall be furnished in NEMA Type 12 enclosure= ar-
ranged for surface mounting unless otherwise specified.
Auxiliary Contactors:
Large size starters which require line voltage to energize the operat-
ing coils shall be equipped with auxiliary contactors for use in the
operating coil circuit. These contactors shall be operated from the
12L volt ,-ircuit of the control transformers.
Two speed starters and reversing starters, where specified, shall be
mechanically interlocked so that only one set of contacts can be closed
at any one time,
Contactors shall have an 8 hour current rating in accordance with the
latest NEMA standards.
Interlocks:
Normally open and normally closed interlock contacts shall be furnished
as shown on the drawings.
(DEhTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3083-1
063071
Overload Relays:
Three manually resettable thermal overload relays of the bimetal ty?e
shall be furnished with each motor starter. The thermal overload re-
lay heaters shall be rated as required to protect the motors of the
circuits from damage due to overload. The resetting mechanisms shall
be accessible from outside the enclosure.
Control Transformers:
Control transformers shall have 60 hertz ratings permitting opera-
tion at a series primary voltage from 440 to Wi volts and a voltage
ratio of 4/1. Assuming 440 volts on the primary terminals, each con-
trol transformer shall maintain a minimum potential of 105 volts at its
secondary terminals during starter coil inrush, while simultaneously
serving a 100 watt load beyond that of the tail. Control transformers
shall be mounted with the magnetic starter.
Remote Control:
Each magnetic starter shall be equipped for control from local or re-
mote push-button control switch, or other pilot devices as specified on
the drawings. All nec,issary internal wiring for this feature shall be sup-
plied and connected to terminal blocks so located as to provide ea y
connection to the external control wiring.
Manual Operating Handle:
A manual operating handle shall be r.ounted in the access door of each
starter section to operate the branch circuit protective device or
nonfusible disconnect switch. This operating handle shall have pro-
visions for the use of at least one padlock in the open position.
The access door shall be ?o interiu.-?d with the branch circuit pro-
tective device or fusible disconnect switch that the door cannot be
opened normally when the device is in the closed position. Provisions
shall be made for overriding this interlock.
30B3.1.3 Magnetic DC Starters. Magnetic starters for do motors as
specified shall be heavy-duty type mounted in NEMA 1 gasketed enclosures.
Each starter shall be complete with 125 volt operating coils, contac-
tors, six electrically separate auxiliary relay contacts, (three nor-
mally open, three normally closed), one overload relay with contact
developments shown on the drawings, and terminal blocks with a total of
24 points. All auxiliary and overload contacts shall be wired to
terminal points for external use. The terminal blocks shall also be
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3DB3-2
042971
used for all other terminations of internal and w.ternal wiring. All
control wiring and terminal markings shall be in accordance with the
schematic and wiring diagram furnished by the Engineer.
30B3.1.4 Manufacturers. Following is a list of acceptable manufacturers
for the equipment specified above:
Square D Company
Allen-Bradley Company
General Electric Company
Westinghouse Electric Company
Cutler-Hammer, Inc.
I
(DENTONs TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-$) 30B3-3
042971
Subsection 30B4 - ESSENTIAL SERVICE POWE: SUPPLY EQUIPMENT
30B4.1 DESCRIPTION. Essential service power supply equipment for power
conversion and switching equipment for reliable supply of electric power to
critical ac loads including burner control, annunciators, and other criti-
cal services shall be as specified herein.
30B4.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. All equipment furntshed under these specifi-
cations all conform to applicable standard requirements of ANSI, NEMA,
and IEEE.
30B4.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. The following equipment shall be designed and
assembled to provide 120 volt, single phase, 60 hertz power to a two wire
essential service power system (one side grounded):
Description
Static inverter
Static switch
Voltage regulating transformer
Manual bypass switch
Distribution panelboard
All equipment, enclosures, and accessories shall be designed, arranged,
assembled, and connected in accordance with the requirements of these
specifications and as shown on the drawings.
30B4.3.1 Static Inverter. The static inverter shall be solid state type
employing silicon controlled rectifiers and other required solid state
devices to convert direct current power to essentially sinusoidal alter-
nating current power, and shall conform to the following characteristics
and requirements:
Capacity 15 kVA
Voltage
Output 120 volts, single phase, 60 hertz
Input (Battery) 105 to 140 volts, do
Harmonic distortion Not more than 5 per cent, 0 to 100
per cent load
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B4-1
063071
Voltage regulation Not more than plus or minus 2 per
cent, 0 to 100 per cent load, 1.0
to 0.8 power factor, 105 to 140 volts
do input
Output, self-regulated Automatic, not more than plus or
frequency control minus 1 per cent, 0 to 100 per cent
load
Efficiency Not less than 80 per cent at rated
load and 1.0 power factor
Duty Continuous
Cooling Natural convection
Ambient telperature 40 C maximum
The inverter equipment shall be manufactured by Exide Power Systems,
Static Products o- approved equal.
Inverter equipment Shall include the devices required to provide the follow-
ing features.
30B4.3.1.1 Automatic Synchronizing. Inverter equipment shall include stable
transistorized oscillator devices designed to automatically maintain output
terminal voltage and frequency within six degrees of the plant auxiliary
electric system which will be connected to the inverter. Upon loss of plant
electric system sychronizing power the inverter shall continue automatically
maintaining output frequency.
The inverter shall smoothly and automatically adjust to the return of
external synchronizing signal. The synchronizing circuit shall be field
adjustable.
30B4.3.1.2 Overloads and Short Circuits. The inverter shall have input and
output fuses and shall include the equipment necessary to protect itself
from overload and short circuits.
The voltage dip resulting from sudden application of 50 per cent step load
shall not exceed 15 per cent and voltage recovery shall be within 1-1/2 cycles.
This protective equipment shall be coordinated with uninterruptible power
system circuit protection to prevent undesired operations under branch
circuit fault conditions.
30B4.3.1.3 Input Voltage. The inverter will be fed from a separate battery
and charger. The output ripple from the charger will be 2-1/2 volts, rms.
Filtering on the input of the inverter shall be furnished as required to
operate with this ripple.
{DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B4-2
063071
30B4.3.2 Static Switch. The static switch shall use silicon controlled
rectifiers and other static devices required tc automatically transfer
loads from the "Normal" to the "Alternate" under the fol'Lowing conditions:
Failure of "Normal" source voltage
"Normal" source voltage deviation is greater than
plus or minus 10 per cent from 120 volts
"Normal" source frequency deviation is greater than one
cycle from the desired 60 hertz frequency
The static switch shall be manufactured by Exide Power Systems, Static
Products or approved equal and shall conform to the following requirements:
Capacity 15 kVA
Voltage 120 volts single phase
Frequency 60 hertz
Transfer time Zero. Transition shall be "make
before break". Failure shall be
sensed between the inverter and
its output filter and sensed on
the output of the static switch.
Failure at either location shall
cause the static switch to trans-
fer.
Undervoltaga transfer Continuously adjustable from 60
per cent to 100 per cent of source
voltage.
Retransfer to "Normal" Automatic after approximately 2
seconds time delay during which
normal source voltage must remain
within 120 volts, plus or minus 10
per cent. Time delay shall be field
adjustable.
Overload capacity 125 per cent for 2 minutes
Line voltage transient 170 volt peak above normal line
tolerance voltage
Ambient temperature 40 C maximum
(DENTON, TEXAS - :904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3084-3
063071
Cooling Natural convection
Duty rating Continuous
The static switch shall be provided with protective fuses in both "Normal"
and "Alternate" power sources.
30B4.3.3 Voltage Regulating Transformer. The voltage regulating transformer
shall be a single phase electronic-magnetic regulator. The transformer
shall conform to the following requirements:
Output rating (continuous) 15 kVA
Nominal output voltage 120 volts
Input voltage range +10 per cent to -20 per cent
Output voltage adjustability +5 per cent
Maximum harmonic content 3 per cent rms
Frequency (input) 57-63 hertz
Regulation +0.5 per cent
Response 100 per cent correctir.n
in less than 10 cycles
Nominal input voltage 120 volts
The voltage regulating transformer shall be a Solatron line voltage regu-
lator as manufactured by Sola Electric or approved equal complete with
brackets for indoor wall mounting.
30B4.3.4 Manual BYp.~s Switch. The manual bypass switch will be used to
isolate the static switch to take it out of service without power inter-
ruption to the load, and to select the source to which the load is con-
nected. It shall have overlapping contacts for continuous power. It
shall be rated 120 volts, single phase, 200 amperes continuous. The
switch shall tiave the following positions:
Position No. Manual Bypass Switch Function
I Load fed from ac power line bypassing
static switch
2 Load fed through static switch
3 Load fed from static inverter
bypassing static switch
(DENTON, TEXAS 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B4-4
063071
The manual bypass switch shall be Exide Model No. 200 A7D or approved equal.
30B4.3.5 Distribution Panelboard. The distribution panelboard shall be of
a fusible switch construction, 120 volts ac, single phase, two wire with
solid neutral bar. The main lugs shall be rated 225 amperes. Phase and
neutral bars shall be copper. Branch circuit devices shall be 30 or 60
ampere size with fuses as shown on Drawing DB-4. Circuit identification
cards shall be privided and mounted in card holders on the front of the
panel. Fuses shall be Buss rectifier fuses, Type L•'AB for sizes 112 through
30 amperes and Type KAJ for sizes 35 Lhrough 60 amperes. A 100 per cent re-
placement on fuses shall be furnished.
The distribution panelboard shall be General Electric Type QMR, Westinghouse
Type FDP or approved equal.
30B4.4 EQUIPMENT CABINETS. Essential service power supply equipment shall
be furnished complete in two freestanding line-ups of panel sections. The
equipment shall be arranged in three panel sections as shown on Drawing DO-4.
The voltage regulating transformer shall be mounted remotely.
30B4.4.I Section 5A. The following equipment shall be furnished and connected
in this section:
1 - Distribution panelboard
30B4.4.2 Section 5B. The following equipment small be furnished and connected
in this section:
1 - Manual bypass switch
1 - Static switch
1 - Alarm contact on static switch transfer to
"Alternate" source
1 - Alarm relay, low ac voltage on alternate power supply
from regulating transformer
The following equipment shall be furnished, mounted and connected on the
door panel for the static switch:
2 - Indicating lights, for switch position, one red len.i
"Normal", one green lens "Alternate"
1 - Indicating light, source synchroni--ing, with white lens,
to indicate when the two sources are in synchronism
1 - Push-button, "Transfer Test" wired to simulate loss of
"Normal" ac source
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL., CONSTRUCTION - D-B) 30B4-5
042971
30B4.4.3 Section 5C. The following equipment shall be furnished and
connected in this section:
1 - Static inverter
1 - Lrit of test accessory equipment as required to completely
monitor and test ac and do voltages and currents including
on-line testing of inverter operation
1 - Alarm relay low do voltage to the inverter
1 - Ammeter, indicating ac, 0-200 ampere scale, one per
cent accuracy, output amperes
1 - Voltmeter, indicating ac, U-150 volt scale, one per cent
accuracy, output volts
30B4.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. Essential service power system equipment
details of construction shall conform to the requirements of the follow-
ing paragraphs.
30B4.5.1 Enclosures. Equipment enclosures shall match and line up in two
assemblies of freestanding floor mounted cabinets designed for indoor
service.
Individual enclosures shall be ventilated switchboard type fabricated from
not less than 11 USS gauge sheet steel in accordance with ANSI C37.20
anj shall provide electrical and mechanical isolation between items within
the panels. Enclosures shall be approximately 28 inches deep, and 84 inches
high; furnished with concealed hinge front panels designed to permit front
access to all components for maintenance or replacement. The enclosures
shall be reinforced with formed steel members as required to form a rigid
self-supporting structure.
Each panel section shall be shipped separately for ease of handling and
field assembly. Terminal blocks shall be furnished as required adjacent
to each shipping split to facilitate field assembly. Cable bundles cut
to the required length and furnished with terminal lugs shall be provided
for the wiring between panel sections.
Adequate ventilating louvers and openings and enclosure top panels shall
be included, All vent openings shall be covered with corrosion resistant
fine screen coverings.
In addition to painting requirements covered under Section 1B of these
specifications all interior enclosure surfaces shall be finished in
gloss white paint. Exterior surface colors shall be ANSI 61 light gray,
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B4-6
042971
30B4.5.2 Wiring and Connections. All interconnections required from
input to output terminal including inverter and static switch, shall be
provided within the enclosures.
Terminal bloc's shall be arranged for bottom entrance of owner's cables.
30B4.5.3 Indicating Lights. Indicating lights shall be low power, cool
operating, 24 volt slide base telephone lamps with receptacle and voltage
dropping resistor, General Electric ET-6. The resistors shall be tapped
and the lights shall ue connected for dim-bright operation.
30B4.5.4 Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be provided with white
marking strips. Circuit designations furnished by the Engineer shall
be inscribed on the marking strip with black paint. Extra terminals
in a quantity of not less than 25 per cent of the intraconnected ter-
minals shall be provided on each terminal block for circuit modifica-
tions and for termination of all conductors in multiconductor cable.
The arrangement of connections on terminal blocks shall be as approved
by the Engineer.
Terminal blocks shall be grouped in each panel for easy accessibility
unrestricted by interference from structural members and instruments.
Sufficient space shall be provided on each side of each terminal block
to allow an orderly arrangement of all leads to be terminated on the
block.
30B4.5.5 Raceway. An adequate raceway system shall be provded for all
wiring on each side of each panel and between panels. The raceway for
interpanei and front-to-rear panel wiring shall be Panduit Panduct
plastic wiring duct type with removable covers, or approved equal.
The duct shall be located so that the covers can be removed after all of
the equipt* nt in the panels is installed and wired.
30B4.5.6 Indicating Instruments. Indicating instruments shall be semi-
flush mounted switchboard type with one per cent accuracy classification,
and except as otherwise specified shall be approximately 4 inches square
with black 250 degree scales on a white background.
Field checked instruments found to be more than 2 rer cent inaccurate
shall be returned to the Contractor for calibration or replacement without
cost to the owner.
30B4.5.7 Push-buttons. Push-buttons shall be heavy-duty, oiltight,
General Electric, Form CR2940.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3084-7
063071
3084.5.8 Nameplates. Each panel shall be identified with a suitable
engraved nameplate mounted at the top front. The nameplates shall be made
of laminated black and white plastic with the black on the outside. The
lettering shall be hold, not less than 1/4 inch square, engraved by cut-
ting through the black outside layer so that the letters appear white.
Nameplate engraving will be furnished later.
30B4.6 FACTORY TESTS. After the panel structures have been fabricated
and all parts assembled, the complete gear including instruments and
devices shall be given standard factory tests to determine general assembly
and operation, high potential test, and other standard tests. NEMA and
IEEE test standards shall be employed as far as they are applicable.
Factory tests shall include frequency, voltage regulation, current limiting,
transfer time and other tests required to ascertain that equipmerit is as
specified. Six copies of test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
The Owner reserves the right to witness all tests.
30B4.7 SPARE PARTS. In addition to bid information, required under Pro-
posal Data, concerning a list of recommended spare parts, the Contractor
shall include with his proposal a complete list of spare parts and special
tools furnished with the equipment proposed.
3084.8 BURN IN. All equipment provided under these specifications shall
be operated under rated conditions and maximum ambient temperatures for
not less than 30 hours prior to release for shipment.
In addition, static switches shall be subjected to not less than 100
"transfer-retransfer" cycles at full load.
30B4.9 DRAWINGS. In addition to the requirements of Paragraph 1C.2 of
these specifications the following requirements shall apply.
Schematic, connection, and interconnection drawings shall be specifically
for the equipment actually being supplied.
30B4.10 INSt'RUCTION MANUALS, Instruction manuals shall be furnished
including complete information on all essential service parer supply
equipment in accordance with Section 1C of these specifications.
(DENTON~ TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) SOB4-8
063071
Subsection 30A5 - BATTERY
30B5.1 DESCRIPTION. There are two batteries specified herein. One battery
shall be considered as the station battery and shall be for general use.
The second shall be the inverter battery and shall be for the exclusive use
of serving the static inverter.
Each battery shall be heavy-duty lead-acid type with lead-antimony alloy
Plante manchester positive plate grids or lead calcium alloy pasted
positive plate grids designed to include the following features:
Nominal system voltage 125 volts do
Cells 60
Ambient temperature 77 F
Cell container Sealed, heat resistant, clear,
shock absorbing plastic with
electrolyte level markers and
a sprayproof vent
Specific grav'ty, full
charge 1.220
Antimony Calcium
Voltage, volts per cell
Maximum 2.33 2.33
Floating 2.16 2.22
Equalizing 2.33
Final, after discharge 1.75 1.75
The batteries furnished shall be as manufactured by Exide Power Systems or
approved equal.
30B5.2 BATTERY CAPACITY. The capacity of each battery shall be determined
in accordance with the method preaented in IEEE Paper 54-177 entitled "Some
(DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B5-1
042971
Discharge Characteristics of Lead-Acid Batteries" and according to the
following requirements:
The station battery shall have sufficient plates per cell and
ample ampere hour capacity to allow the following sequence of
discharge currents to be supplied from a fully charp,ed batteryt
• 528 amperes for one minute, followed by
179 amperes for 59 minutes, followed by
46 amperes for 59 minutes, followed by
60 amperes for one minute
The inverter battery shall have sufficient plates per cell and ample ampere
hour capacity to allow the following sequence of discharge curre;its to be
supplied from a fully charged battery:
90 ampere for 30 minutes
30B5.3 EQUIPMENT RE UIRED. Each battery shall be complete including the
following equipment and material:
Intercell connectors to provide not less than 1/2 Inch
between cells
Interstep connectors to connect between the rows of batteries
on the two steps of the battery rack
Connector bolts with acid resistant nuts
Terminal lugs for one 500 Mcm cable per polarity on station
battery and one No. 1 AWC cable per polarity on inverter
battery
Cell lifting facilities
Assembly wrenches
Vent plug hydrometer
Vent plug thermometer
No oxide grease
One set of numerals (one numeral per cell) suitable for
permanent attr.chment to cells
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 }
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B5-2
042971
3085.4 ACCESSORIES. Each battery shall be furnished with a two step
structural steel battery rack complete with lead elated intarrack con-
nectors. All steel shall have not less than two finish coats of acid
resistant gray paint applied in accordance with general requirements
for equipment painting. Battery supporting rails shall be covered with
a protective vinyl runner plate not leas then 1/16 inch thick.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B5-3
042971
Subsection 30B6 - BATTERY CHARGERS
30B6.1 DESCRIPTION. Each battery charger furnished shall be self-regulating,
solid state silicon controlled full wave rectifier type designed for single
and parallel operation with the batteries previously specified under these
• specifications.
The chargers will be served from a 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz system.
The battery chargers shall maintain output voltage within plus or minus
1/2 per cent from no load to full load with an input voltage deviation
in level and frequency of plus ur minus 10 per cent and 5 per cent re-
spectively.
Solid state electronic circuits shall have ac and do transient volt-
age protection and shall be designed to recharge a totally discharged
battery without overloading and without causing interrupting operation
of ac or do circuit breakers.
Each charger input transformer primary winding shall be provided with
tap connections at approximately 105, 95, and 90 per cent of rated input
voltage.
In addition to the general requirements of these specifications for equip-
ment painting the interior of each charger cabinet shall be painted semi-
gloss white.
3OB6.2 CAPACITY. The battery chargers shall have continuous output
capacities as listed below at 125 volts do and an ambient temperature of
104 F (40 C).
Charger 5-1 25 amperes
Charger 5-2 25 amperes
Inverter Charger 100 amperes
30B6.3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. Each battery charger, including the follow-
ing features, shall be mounter' in a freestanding floor mounted NEMA
Type 1 cabinet arranged for convection cooling.
I. - Voltmeter, indicating, output volts, dc, 3-1/2 inch scale,
2 per cent accuracy
1 - Ammeter, indicating, output amperes, dc, 3-1/2 inch
scale, 2 per cent accuracy
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B6-1
042971
1 - Timer, equalizing charge, manual reset, 0-72 hour
range
1 - Circuit breaker, charger output
1 - Circuit breaker, charger input, 15,000 amperes inter-
rupting capacity
1 - Voltmeter, indicating, input volts, ac, 3-1/2 inch
• scale, 2 per cent accuracy
1 - Indicating light
"Charge Failure" alarm, including undervoltage relays for monitoring
input and output voltages. Alarm relays shall be mounted inside the
charger cabinet and each shall be provided with two sets of single
pole double throw contacts. The contacts will operate remote alarms
furnished by others.
2 - Potentiometers, one "Float Voltage Adjust" and one "Equalizing
Voltage Adjust"
1 - Ground detector relay, one normally open and one normally closed
contact; wLth centertapped resistor connected plus to minus bus
and relay coil connected resistor centertap to ground, for
remote alarm and indication
1 - Ground detector voltmeter with one maintained contact three
position selector switch connected as follows:
Switch
position Connects meter Voltmeter reading
Left of Plus biz to Full volts - bus not grounded
Center ground No volts - bus grounded
Center Plus to minus Normal bus volts
bus
Right of Minus bus to Full volts - bus not grounded
Center ground No volts - bus grounded
Left or Respectively plus No volts - bus grounded
Right of or minus bus to Full volts - bus not
Center grouni grounded
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3086-2
063071
1 - Ground detector, including two indicating lights and one
three position spring return to center selector switch
connected as followst
switch
position Connect lights Indicates
Left of In aeries plus Lights are in good
Center to minus bus order
Center None None
Right of One light from Respective bus is
Center each bus to ground grounded if the light
is out
Battery chargers shall be as manufactured by Exide Power Systems or approved
equal.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4906 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTIUCTION - D-8) 30D6-3
042971
Subsection 30B7 - GROUNDING RESISTOR
3087.1 DESCRIPTION. One grounding resistor shall be furnished for ground-
ing the Main Auxiliary Transformer 5 4.16 kV winding. The resistor shall
be rated 4 ohms, 600 amperes for 10 seconds, shall have cast grid resistor
elements and shall conform to IEEE Standard No. 32.
The resistor shall be enclosed in a suitable safety enclosure with louvered
sides and solid top, and with provision for terminating conduit and cables
entering from above. Thg enclosure shall be completely painted inside
and outside with a suitable primer and two or more finish coats of light
gray ANSI 61.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4404 ) 30B7-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971
Subsection 30B8 - ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS
30B8.1 DESCRIPTION. Chromalox, or accepted equal, electric downblast
unit heat ere as listed below shall be furnished and installed. Heaters
shall bear Underwriters Laburatories approval. Electric Heater 5-13 thru
5-15 shall be horizontal air flow type.
%ach unit heater shall be complete with heating elements, fan, motor and
drive, contactor with 120 volt, 60 hertz operating coil, 480/120 volt
control transformer thermal cutout, and louvered diffuser.
Each heater shall be encased in a furniture steel cabinet, properly braced
for maximum rigidity, and factory applied heat resistant enamel finish.
A 12I volt thermostat, Honeywell T473A1029 shall be furnished for each
electric unit heater where shown on the drawings. Temperature range shall
be 56 F to 84 F.
Each heating coil shall consist of metal sheath type electric heating
elements, each shall be factory wired to a common terminal strip mounted
inside heater. The heaters including motors shall be suitable for 480
volt, 3 phase, 3 wire, 60 hertz. Provide transformers fer fa-. motors if
other than 480 volts.
Heater mounting brackets shall be constructed by the Contractor as shown
on the drawings.
MOUNTING
HEIGHT
ABOVE
UNIT HEATER NO. LOCATION CAPACITY, KW MOUNT NO. _FLOOR
5-1 thru 5-6 Basement 30 kW each H-1 9' feet
5-1 thru 5-8 Ground Floor 15 kW each H-1 10 feet
5-9 thru 5-10 Operating Floor 15 kW each H-1 15 feet
5-11 Tank Floor 15 kW each H-1 14 feet
5-12 Drum Enclosure 15 kW each H-1 11 feet
Area
5-13 Elevator Machine 5 kW Wall mounting 6 feet
Room bracket pro-
vided by unit
manufacturer
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUi;TION - D-8) 308-1
042971
MOUNTING
HEIGHT
ABOVE
UNIT HEATER NO. LOCATION CAPACITYs YW MOUNT NO. FLOOR
5-14 Relay room 5 kW Wall mounting 7 feet
bracket pro-
vided by unit
manufacturer
5-15 Relay room 5 kW Wall mounting 7 feet
bracket pro-
vided by unit
manufacturer
1
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 3088-2
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 042971
Subsection 3089 - PUSH-BUTTONS AND SELECTOR SWITCH STATIONS
30B9.1 DESCRIPTION. The control stations listed in the schedule shown on
the drawings shall be heavy-duty, oiltight push-buttons or selector switches
in NEMA 1 enclosures indoors and NEMA 4 enclosures outdoors. Each station
shall have a suitable nameplate mounted on its front cover. Engraving shall
be as shown on the schedule. The control station type and location codes
are defined on the Push-Button Designation sheet included at the end of this
section.
30B9.1.1 Manufacturers. The following is a list of acceptable manufacturers
for control stations specified hereini
Square D Company
Allen-Bradley Company
General Electric Company
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
t.utler-Hammer, Inc.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B9-1
063071
I NAMEPLATES SMALL BE FURNISHED FOR EACH STATION.
2. ENCL (ENCLOSURE) TYPE CONFORMS TO NIEMA STANDARDS.
N,
j. NTG (MOUNTING) REFERS TO THE METHOD OF SUPPORTING THE SWIM
F - FOR FLUSH WOWING, S - FOR SURFACE MOU%llkG.
A. UNIT LOC (LOCATION) INDICATES THE POSITION A 9 C 0
OF THE UNIT IN THE PUSH BUTTON STATION
r1 I ri i
AS SHOWN BY THE SKETCH AT THE RIGHT. 1 0 I O 1 0 i
2 O 0~
2 UNIT STATION INDICATED T I-, -I I
AT LOCATIONS At. 42 f 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
f I i I I
O 10101
LOCATION Bu -
s 101010101
1_ _i_ _I_ _i_ I
PUSH BUTTON STATION
UNIT LOCATION
5. UNIT TYPES ARE AS FOLLOWS'
INDICATING LIGHTS - A - AMBER, B - BLUE, CL - CLEAR. G GREEN, R - RED. W WHITE
PUSH PUT 10 NS AND "O NTAOT R L 0 C K S
-1 LI.;1 ' f tiI'
nIO O O ~y 1Yrl :^t
%T n ei 3 ir.
E NJ. 1 NC 2 NO 2 NC 4AINTAINE" LATCH 4'atF P,e,,. t
~E TAPE 2 TYPE 1 TYPE u
SEI.ECTCR cwlrGnES - L L(FT, C - CENTER, R RIGHT AS YIEWEC BT OPECATC:
R i A L L C R.
L ~
00 00 00 O0 0 0 O O 00 00 Q-g 0 _0 0 O
40 e) 0 00 O0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 08~
,PE 1, ,f n TYPF ? 0 0 O 0 0 0
o L R 0 0 d-z O O
L , o t -
00 00 00 0 0 00 00 2.2 0 0 00 00 00 0 0
00 00 00 00 00 00 oo M oo 0o d"b 6-6
00 00 00 0 0 0 0 00 Q.0 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 an 00 00
TYPE 9 TYPE 10 TYPE 11 TYPO 12
ILLUMINAIEO PUSH EUTTCN UNITS ARE INDICATED BY LETTER AND NUMBER. FOR EFAMPLE R/2
INDICATES A RED COLOR CAP A40 A TYPE 2 CONTACT BLOCA.
6. ESCUTCHEON - PLATES FOR EACH UNIT SMALL 9E FURNISHu:O 10 IDENTIFY THE UNIT FuNCT10N.
DATE RMSIONORISSA N0. SY
BLACK & VEATCH MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION
CONSULTING ENGINEER! UNIT 5 65000-KW 3UB9-2
® PUSH BUTTON DESIGNATIONS
- -
Subsection 30B10 - CONTACTORS
30B10.1 DESCRIPTION. One contactor shall be furnished for emergency lighting.
This contactor shall be 2 pole, rated 30 amperes, 125 volts dc, shall «ave
a 120 volt ac holding coil, shall be mounted in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure, and
shall be ASCO Catalog No. 4664C or approvad equal except the holding coil shall
be connected to terminals for external connection instead of connecting to
the incoming line.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B10-1
042971
Subsection 30BIl - WELDING RECEPTACLES
30B11.1 DESCRIPT1.0N. The welding receptacles shall be located as shown
on the drawings and shall be Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. AR3310 30 ampere,
600 volts with cor.dulet body Type i _sC.
(DENTON9 TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30B11-1
063071
Subsection 30B12 - DISCONNECT DEVICES
30B12.1 DESCRIPTION. The disconnect devices shall be of the quantity
and size as shown on the drawings. The devices shall be circuit
breakers, 3 pole, 3 wire, rated 600 volt ac in NEMA 12 enclosures.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 30812-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063071
Section 30C - MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT
30C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of
electrical equipment and material necessary for the modification o` existing
equipment to provide a complete electrical installation as intender, by the
drawings and these specifications. All necessary terminal blocks, mounting
hardware, conductor any ..rcellaneous material required to complete the
modification work described shall be included as a part of this section.
Contractor-furnished materials and equipment are described in Section 30B
and DIVISION 31.
Methods and procedures for accomplishing some modifications are not described
in detail to permit the Contractor maximum flexibility to adapt to field
conditions; however, all methods and procedures shall be as approved by the
Engineer.
30C.1.1 Disposal of Razed Items. All electrical equipment, materials,
wire, conduit and miscellaneous lLews removed shall remain the property
of the rw er Certain items, which have been removed, are to ;,e installed
at other locations as specified in this section of these specifications.
All razed items not specified to be reinstalled shall be cleaned, stored,
and protected as directed by the Engineer. Conduit and wire, which have
been removed from the existing installation, fhali not be reinstalled at
other locations.
30C.1.2 Coordination of All Modification Work. Modification work which
might affect the Owner s site facilities or power system operation shall
be performed only at times approved by the Owner. Complete cooperation
between the Contractor and the Owner must be maintained.
In the event that it is necessary to interrupt the power supply or impose
abnormal operating conditions on the Owner's power system, such procedure
must be approved by the Owner and a complete understanding and agreement
must be reached by all parties concerned, well in advance of the time
schedule for such operation, and such understanding shall be definite as
to date, time of day, and length of time required.
The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all regular time and over-
time labor costs arising from the necessity to perform work, which affects
the Owner's system facilities, at times other than regular working hours.
30C.1.3 Name~atg~. Where nameplates are required by the drawings or
specifications, they shall be made of laminated black and white plastic
with black on the outside. The lettering shal. be engraved by cutting
through the black outside layer so that the letters appear white. Wording
for all nameplates will be furnished later by the Engineer unless specific
wording is shown on the drawings or in these specifications.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ?
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30C-1
042971
30C.2 DRAWING AND CATALOG DATA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
for approval, applicable drawings or catalog data of the following equipment
within 90 days after award of contract.
Motor Control Center
30C.3 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING 4.16 KV SWITCHGEAR. The Contractor shall
modify the existing 4.16 kV Switchgear 4, Reserve Auxiliary Transformer 4
breaker section to provide for termination of two 500 MCM cables per phase
on the line side of the breaker. The Contractor shell furnish all material
and labor to terminate the incoming cables including clamp type terminals.
30C.4 MODIFICATIONS TO FXISTING SWITCHBOARDS. The Contractor shall install
and connect the followinf equipment furnished under other specifications on
existing dual switchboards.
2 - Printing demand meters, General Electric Company
Type PD55F
2 - Contact making devices for installation on existing
watthour meters, one Westinghouse Type CD-11 an•l one
General Electric Type D-41
1 - Auxiliary tripping relay, Westinghouse Type TR-1
30C.5 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING MOTOR CONTROL CENTER. The Contractor shall
furnish and install one vertical panel with 300 ampere bus. The panel shall
have dimensions measuring 20 inches wide, 90 inches high and 20 inches deep
and shall be in all respects equal to the existing motor control center.
The exterior and interior of the panel shall be painted with ANSI 61 light
gray indoor paint. The Contractor shall install the motor control center
panel adjacent to the existing MCC 4-1 unit making one continuous lineup
and shall furniaa all material to tie the new equipment to the main MCC bus.
The vertical panel shall be furnished complete with one size one and one
size two combination starters. The starters shall be NEMA Class 19 Type B
construction aid shall be manufactured by General Electric Company, each
complete with Type HEF magnetic only breaker, starter contactor with 120
volt ac operating coil, one three phase thermal overload relay with three
heater elements sized later by the Engineer, and 480/120 volt ac control
transformer. Each starter shall be electrically and mechanically inter-
changeable with existing motor starters furnished under General Electric
Company requisition 417-03400, Plant File 180-47456 A/C 1T.1.
In addition to the overload relays mentioned above the Contractor shall
furnish and install, in the size two starter, one additional three phase
overload relay for alarm at 115 per cent of motor full load current. The
overload relay shall be ambient compensated with a SPDT contact and shall
be General Electric Type CR 124.
(DENTON, '.TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30C-2
063071
30C.6 RELOCATION OF EXISTING FLOW RECORDERS. The Contractor shall remove
two existing Bailey Meter Co. Type WM55A flow recorders presently located in
the basement near column row 19' and install them in Boiler Panel 5. The
Contractor shall furnish a junction box with terminal blocks to splice exist-
ing cables and all wiring with terminal blocks in the Boiler Panel to provide
a complete installation. The existing recorder panels and wiring shall
be removed and returned to the Owner.
30C.7 MODIFICATION TO CONTROL ROOM. The Contractor shall install switch-
board Sections 13 and 14 beside existing switchboard sections forming one
continuous lineup. The Contractor shall remove existing metal door and
metal siding presently located where the new sections are to be installed.
Contractor shall provide all required core drilling for wire entry into
new switchboard.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 30C-3
06?071
Section 30D - EQUIPMENT ERECTION
30D.1 GENbRAL. This section covers erection work for all electrical equip-
ment furnished and/or installed under these srtcifications.
Erection work shall include receiving, unloading, storage, removal from
story-e, hauling, cleaning, erecting on foundations, and other work neces-
sary to place all equipment into successful operation.
In addition, erection work shall include complete assembly of equipment
shipped unassembled; dismantling and reassembly,of equipment to make
adjuswnetmenrts;
and a the provision
Engineer in testingpersonnel,
andeplacingtthenequipmentnintoo
the
operation.
Etection procedures not specified herein shall be in accordance with the
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and with good engineering
practice.
30D.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL. All miscellaneous materials except those
specified to be furnished by the Owner or other contractors shall be fur-
nished as required io,. the complete erection of the equipment. These
materials shall in aude, but shall notlimited to, grout, shims, wedges,
dowels, an,~nors, supports, bolting, gaskets, packing, welding rod, and
consumable gases.
30D.3 LOCATION TOLERANCES. Equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch of
the dimensional location shown on the drawings unless otherwise permitted
by the Engineer.
30D.4 ALIGNMENT. Connections of rigid components such as bus, bus duct,
throat connections, and enclosures shall be aligned and connected withand
special care allowed to prevent excessive stress in joints, supports,
connections.
Equipment with moving parts such as switches, circuit breakers, and switch
operating mechanisms shall be carefully aligned to assure free mechanical
operation.
30D.5 CLEANING. The oxterior and interior surfaces of each equipment item
shall be cleaned of sand, dirt, and other foreign materials after its re-
moval from storage and immediately before its movement to its final loca-
tion.
Beiore initial operation of individual items of equipment the Contractor
,shall remove all dirt, mortar, and other material which has been spilled,
misplaced, or otherwise has been allowed to mar the finish surfaces. All
detris shall be removed from the site and disposed of as directed by the
Engineer.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 301}-1
042971
30D.6 EQUIPMENT FINISH. Surfaces of most electrical equipment such as
panels, switchgear, transformers, and circuit breakers are finished at
the factory. Great care shall be exercised to prevent damage to this
original finish during installation of the equipment and during construc-
tion work.
If the factory finish is damaged during the course of construction the
entire surface of the damaged component shall be refinished.
The refinished surface shall be equivalent in every respect to the origi-
nal surface including color, texture, and smoothness. Refinishing paint,
if furnished with the equipment, may be used; otherwise the paint shall be
obtained from the equipment manufacturer.
30D.7 MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTI0H A'ID SUPERVISION. The services of a trained
manufacturer's representative to Inspect and advise during the installation
of the following equipment will Lq provided by the Owner:
Isolated phase bus duct
Motor control centers
Luad center unit substations
4.16 kV metal-clad switchgear and bus duct
Generator transformer 5
Main auxiliary transformer 5
The service described above will be provided as determined necessary by the
Owner for proper installation of the equipment. Availability of these
services does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for technical
supervision of his construction personnel.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor to perform tests or inspec-
tions as required by the m~-iufacturer's representative.
When field labor is needed to correct errors in Owner-furnished equipment,
the Contractor shall furnish such labor when so requested by the manufac-
turer or the manufacturer's representative. The cost of such labor shall
not be included in the bid price for the work to be performed under these
specifications. The Contractor small obtain payment for this labor fron, the
manufacturer who requests the labor.
The presence of a manufacturer's representative shall not relieve the Con-
tractor of responsi'.)ility for the work under these specifications.
30D.8 INSULATING OIL. The Contractor shall accept all insulating oil for
oil insulated equipment from the carriers at the job site and shall trans-
port, store, filter, and install Lhe oil in the equipment.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-2
Precautions shall be employed to insure absolute dryness and cleanliness
of all apparatus and containers prior to filling with oil for transporta-
tion, str,rage, or operation and to prevent contamination by water or dirt
during the transfer of oil to the apparatus. Oil shall not be transferred
during inclement weather.
A test sample of oil shall be withdrawn from each individual shipping con-
tainer and the tank equipment under the direct supervision of the manufac-
turer's representative.
Sampling shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D923. Oil
samples shall be tested by the Contractor in accordance with ASTM D877 for
dielectric acceptance under these specifications and with ASTM D117 if other
oil tests are required by the Owner.
Oil dielectric stt:ngth shall not be less than 28 kV prior to acceptance
from the carriers. If oil fails to meet dielectric requirements specified
prior to acceptance, it shall be dried by the manufacturer.
The oil from containers shall be tested immediately prior to being trans-
ferred to equipment. A sample of oil shall be taken from the top and bottom
of each tank and tested according to the procedures previously specified.
Oil which does not teb at least 26 kV shall be dried by the Contractor at
his expense.
Apparatus and material required for transferring oil to equipment shall in-
clude a filter and oilproof synthetic rubber hose with black iron fittings
as required. Natural rubber hose shall not be used as the rubber will dis-
solve in oil and redu.e its dielectric strength. Equipment shall be clean
and dry to prevent contamination of the oil. Where vacuum filling is rec-
ommended by the manufacturer a vacuum pump and fittings of the proper ca-
pacity shall be furnished by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall exercise care in determining the filling requirements
of Owner-furnished transformers provided for installation under this
Contract since these requirements may vary according to manufacturer. The
Contractor shall furnish and install all nitrogen gas required to maintain
recommended internal pressure within pLwer transformers during storage,
erection and filling with oil. This responsibility will end when each
transformer is successfully placed in service.
Equipment shall be filled in accordance with manufacturer's recommenda-
tions. After the oil has been in the equipment at least 9 hours a sample
of oil shall be taken from the sampling valve at the bottom of the tank
and tested as above. If the oil fails to test at least 26 kV the ol.1 shall
be dried and refiitered until it will neet this test. Another dielectric
test shall be made on the oil immediately prior to placing the equipment in
service. Should the oil fail this test it shall be dried and refiltered
by the Contractor, sampled and tested until it, dues qualify.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-3
All apparatus and material required for filtering, handling, testing, and
transferring insulating oil from containers to equipment shall be furnished
by the Contractor. Equipment used to transport the oil shall be subject to
the approval of the Engineer.
These safety precautions must be observed during oil filling operations:
a. Ground all tanks, storage drums, pumping and filtering
equipment, shielded hoses and receiving vessels to a
solid common ground.
b. Ground all exposed terminals and conductors on trans-
formers and circuit breakers to the same ground. Where
transformers are to be partially filled before the bushings
are installed, and there are no exposed terminals or con-
ductors, install a temporary metallic ground from one side
of each winding to a bolt on the case,
c. Wait 8 hours after filling before rs^.oving these grounds.
d. After vacuum filling a transformer, relieve the vacuum
with nitrogen to prevent air from mixing with the oil
vapor and creating an explosive atmosihere.
30D.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. All equipment shall be protected from damage
of any kind from the time it is unloaded until it is ready for initial
operation.
During the erection period, all equipment having motor drives or rotating
parts shall be protected with a weatherproof flame resi3tant cheeting which
completely covers the exposed parts of the equipment. Sheeting shall be
PYRO-KURE 610 as manufactured by the Sisalkraft 7ivision of St. Regis Paper
Company.
Equipment shall be suitably protected from weld spatter during constric-
tion.
Equipment housed or covered with glass or equipped with easily broken :om-
ponents shall be protected as required to prevent damage throughout the con-
struction period.
Machine finished surfaces, polished surfaces, or other bare metal surfaces
which are not to be painted, such as machinery shafts and couplings, shall
be provided temporary protection during storage and construction periods by
a coating of No-Ox-Id 558 or other suitable nondrying oily type, rust pre-
ventive compound.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION D-8)
042971 30D-4
l
I-'
30D.10 GROUTING. Grouting of the metal bases of bus duct support steel
installed under this specification and other items where specified or shown
on the drawings shall be as described in the articles which follow.
30D.10.1 Surface Preparation. The surfaces of hardened concrete upon
which grout will be placed shall be chipped to remove laitance and surface
mortar and to expose the aggregate. The surface of the hardened concrete
shall be cleaned of all loose materials and shall be saturated for not
less than 2 hours immediately before the grout is placed. All excess water
shall be removed.
30D.10.2 Alignment_ and Leveling. Each base to be grouted shall be set in
place over its anchor bolts and shall be carefully aligned in proper position
and then brought to accurate level by means of the leveling nuts. The use
of wood blocking or wood wedges to hold the base in position will not be
permitted.
30D.10.3 Grout Materials. Cement shall be portland cement conforming to
ASTM C150, Type 1. Sand shall conform to ASTM C33. Water shall be potable.
Plasticizer shall be Sika Chemical "Plastiment".
30D.10.4 Grout Mixture. Dry pack grout for bus duct support steel shall
be one part portland cement to two parts sand by weight. The cement and
sand shall be thoroughly mixed and just enough water added to keep the mix-
ture just below the bleeding point when being packed in place. The slump
of the grout shall be zero inches. The quantity of water added shall not
exceed 2-1/2 gallons per sack of cement when the sand is completely dry.
The quantity of water shall be adjusted for the moisture content of sand.
When a sample of the mixture is squeezed in the fist, there should be no
water squeezing out between the fingers. When the fist is opened, the sample
should adhere together, and break clean with no crumbling. The palm of the
hand should be slightly moist, but not wet. Grout shall be used within 30
minutes after mixing.
All grout or mortar mixtures, whatever the proportion, shall be thoroughly
mixed for not less than 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer of approved type.
After mixing, it shall be used immediately and before any stiffening sets
in.
30D.10.5 Placing of Grout After the base has been set, and its alignment
and level have been approved, and before placing any grout, a packing dam
shall be securely set on three sides of the surface to be grouted. Grout
shall be placed from the open aide by hand in small amounts and thoroughly
packed with a steel or hardwood packer. Successive amounts of grout shall
be placed and packed until the space to be grouted is completely filled and
thoroughly packed. A11 porous or poorly packed grout resulting from trying
to pack too large quantities of grout at a time shall be removed and replaced.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-5
30D.10.6 Finishing of Edges. After the packing of the grout has been com-
pleted, the portions of the grout which extend beyond the edges of the base
shall be cut off and removed. The edges shall be pointed with fresh grout
pressed firmly to bond with the body of the grout, and smoothed with a tool
to present a smooth vertical surface except where a sloping surface is shown
on the drawings. Sloping surfaces shall be finished to a one-to-one slope.
All grouting shall be completed in a proper and workmanlike manner with the
exposed edges of the foundation and the floor adjacent thereto left clean
and free from cement and grout.
30D.10.7 Curing of Grout. After completion of the dry packing and finish-
ing of the grout, the grout shall be cured for 7 days by covering with wet
burlap. The burlap shall be wet a minimum of four times each day to insure
adequate moisture to complete hydration of the cement.
30D.11 LUBRICATION. The Contractor shall furnish all oils, greases, and other
lubricants required to place equipment in operation. The Contractor shall
apply the lubricants following the manufacturer's recommendation. The lu-
bricants used shall be approved by the owner.
30D.12 MAINTENANCE TOOLS. The Contractor shall use special tools furnished
with equipment only when authorized by the Engineer. All special r-lols fur-
nished with equipment for maintenance shall be stored as directed by the
Engineer.
30D.13 GALVANIZEL SURFACE COATINGS. All galvanized surfaces on which the
galvanizing is removed by cutting, drilling, or by any other operations shall
be regalvanized with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufactured by the Ameri-
can Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; with "Zincilate
810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Vrotectives, Inc., of Dayton, Olio;
with "Zinc Rich coating" as manufactured by the Sealube Company, Wakefield,
Massachusetts, or by an approved equal galvanizing process. The Contractor
shall supply this protective material and shall apply it in the field to
any surface where the galvanized coating is broken or removed either inten-
tionally or unintentionally.
30D.14 BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. Where bolted connections are made to
aluminum the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with Alcoa
No. 2 Electrical Joint Compound or approved equal.
Where bolted connections are made between copper or brass surfaces the metal
surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with No-Ox-Id compound.
30D.15 SHIELD WIRES. The shield wire and attachment materialb etween the
69 kV substation and the power plant building shall be furnished by the Con-
tractor. All shield wire and attachment materials shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's erection dra.tngs, the Engineer's drawings
and these specifications.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-6
30D.16 ALUMINUM BUS DUCT INSTALLATION. The aluminum isolated phase bus
duct shall be carefully handled and erected to provide a complete bus system
without dents, abrasions, discolorations or other structural or surface
damage. Any bus so damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
expense.
Welding of bus splices, taps, and fittings shall be completed according
to the following.
30D.16.1 Alignment. All bus components shall be aligned and supported
prior to and during the welding operation. Support and alignment shall
be as required to provide a finished bus arrangement with adjacent section
centerlines coincident and with the minimum deflection inherent with the
span.
30D.16.2 Fittings. The joint components to be welded shall be fitted to
allow for expansion and contraction during welding without loss of align-
ment. The joint design shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
30D.16.3 Cleaning. Immediately prior to welding, each surface to be joinei
by the weld shall be thoroughly cleaned. Greases, oils, waxes, etc. shall
be removed by standard degreasing solutions as recommended by the manufac-
turer. O.-Ides shall be removed from the areas to be welded by vigorous
scrubbing of the surfaces with stainless steel wire brushes.
30D.16.4 Welding. At the Contractor's option the 1IG (tungsten-arc-inert-
gas nonconsumable electrode) or the MIG (metallic-arc-inert-gas consumable
electrode) method of shielded arc welding shall be used to join bus sec-
tions and fittings.
The Fhielding gas for both methods shall be pure argon for use with metals
less than 3/4 inch thick and a combination of helium and argon for metals
3/4 inch and greater in thickness.
The welding location she.1 be shielded from winds and drafts by barriers
and covers as required.
Welding energy and material requirements shall be as recommended by AWS
(American Welding Society) according to AWS D10.7-60, as follows:
Filler rod material Table 1
Filler rod size, gas flow
and welding current Tables 2 through 11
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-7
30D.16.5 Welder Qualifications. The Contractor shall submit certificates
of qualification to the Engineer for approval for each welder he will employ
to perform aluminum welding. Qualification shall be according to the pro-
cedures described in American Welding Society publication AWS D10.9-691
Standard for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and
Tubing.
Certificates of qualification shall include reports indicating that the welder
has successfully- performed qualifying sample welds at the AR-1 qualification
level under the following conditions:
Materials - V Number 23, Aluminum Base Alloys
Weld - Groove
Position - 6G
The materials and fittings used in welder qualification tests shall be of
the same alloy and shapes as those requited for the finished work. All
certifications shall be conducted by an approved testing laboratory and the
condition of test welding shall be similar to those for the work.
Each welder qualification certificate shall be accompanied by complete
reports outlining the certification test procedure.
Report formats shall be similar to the examples contained in AWS D10.9-69
and shall include:
Welding procedure
Fabricator's record of procedure qualification test
Fabricator's record of welder qualification tests
All costs for certification of welders including those for sample material
and fittings shall be paid by the Contractor.
Each welder shall be a specialist qualified as above for aluminum welding
and shall have experience in the welding of materials similar to those
utilized herein while in the unusual positions incurred by welding around
the conductors already in place overhead.
Welders, after qualification, shall not be replaced on this welding duty
except with the approval of the Engineer.
30D.17 FIELD TESTS. 1'he Contractor shall furnish experienced personnel
and all material, equipment, and apparatus necessary for adjustment and
testing of electrical equipment connected or installed and connected under
these specifications.
M,`1TON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042911 30D-8
The Owner will calibrate and set protective relays and relay devices and
perform final circuit breaker trip and operational checks with Contractor-
furnished personnel.
The Contractor's responsibility for field testing and adjustments shall
include:
The adjustment and testing of all nircuit breakers, contactors,
control switches, indicating lamps, annunciators, and all other
electrical devices, apparatus, and equipment to assure proper
functioning aid operation
Measurement of resistance to ground of all motors, transformers,
switchgear buses, bus duct, and generators prior to being put
into service. The measurement shall be made with a 1000 volt
megger or an equivalent testing device and shall indicate approx-
imately infinite resistance to ground.
All testing and reconnection necessary to obtain proper equipment
functions; correct phasing or polarity of all power conductors;
and correct location a.d termination of all control and instru-
ment conductors
All adjustment necessary or recommended by the manufacturer of
the equipment being connected or installed
30D.18 STARTUP AND INITIAL OPERATION. The Owner will furnish operating
personnel during startup and initial operation. The Contractor shall per-
form the work and provide the services required to place each item of equip-
ment installed or connected by him in operating condition to the satisfac-
tion of the Engineer. Individual systems and items of equipment shall be
completed in a sequence that will permit systematic startup and trial opera-
tion of each such component before it is incorporated in the plant startup
and initial operation. It is anticipated that the startup testing and
initial operation will be in progress continuously over extended periods
of time. The workmen required of the Contractor shall be on the site at
all times during these periods. All regular and overtime payrolls and
all other contingencies in connection with the startup and initial opera-
tion shall be included as a part of the lump sum contract price.
The Contractor's startup and initial operation responsibilities shall in-
clude but not be limited to the following operations:
Complete check of all field wiring installed under these
specifications after installation and connection to verify
conformation with requirements of the drawings and schezatic
wiring diagrams
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-@)
042971 30D-9
Shielded cable ground check using a Simpson Model 260 or approved
equal volt-ohm meter after termination is complete to determine
that each is grounded only at the points indicated on the drawings.
Checks shall be made between the cable shields and station ground
systems.
Accurate adjustment of all limit switches connected under
these specifications
Trial operation tests in the presence of the Engineer, of all
equipment installed under these specifications
Assistance as required during functional testing of equip-
ment installed or connected under these specifications and
operated as part of a system during system startup
Verification of all thermocouple circuits and associated
monitors connected under these specifications. This work
shall include written reports to the owner and Engineer
certifying that the thermocouple installation has been
checked and the following conditions exist for each thermo-
couple circuit:
Thermocouple terminal connections are correct.
Thermocouple circuits are complete and correct.
Thermocouple local output corresponds to remote
monitor reading. This test shall be performed
using a "Mini Mite" portable indicator as manufac-
tured by Thermo Electric, Saddlebrook, New Jersey.
The Contractor shall provide all workmen required to fulfill the specified
responsibilities.
f
f
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 30D-10
DIVISION 31 - CONTRACTOR--FURNISHED
MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 31A - RACEWAY 31A-1 thru 31A-9
31A.1 General 31A-1
31A.^ Codes and Standards 31A-1
31A.J Conduit 31A-1
31A.4 Cable Trays 31A-4
31A.5 Raceway Supports 31A-6
31A.6 Cabinets and Boxes 31A-7
31A.7 Sleeves and Openings 31A-8
31A.8 Welding 31A-8
31A.9 Underground Duct 31A-9
31A.10 Wireway 31A-9
Section 31D - CONDUCTORS 31B-1 thru 31B-26
31B.1 General 318-1
31L.2 Cable Specifications 31B-1
31B.3 Conductor Accessories 31B-1
31B.4 Installation 31B-3
318.5 Splices 31B-6
31B.6 Terminations 31B-7
31B.7 Terminations Requiring Insulation 31B-7
31B.8 Tests After Installation 31B-8 thru 31B-9
Cable Specifications 31B-10 thru 318-24
Typical Test Curve for High Voltage Power Cable 31B-25
Cable Teat. Data 31B-26
Section 31C - GROUNDING 31C-1 thru 31C-3
31C.1 General 31C-1
31C.2 Materials 31C-1
31(..3 Installation 31C-1
liC.4 Ground System Resistance 31C-3
Section 31D - LIGHTING 31D-1 thru 31D-4
31D,1 General 31D-1
31D,2 Lighting Materials 31D-1
31D.3 installation 31D-3
Section 31E - INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM 31E-1 thru 31E-5
31E.1 Ceneral 31E-1
31E.2 Arrangement 31E-1
31E.3 Equipment and Material 31E-I
31664 Intercommunication System Station Units 31E-4
(nLNTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063071 TC31-1
L
Page
Section 31F - FREEZE PROTECTION 31F-1 thru 3,1F-6
31F.1 General 31F-1
31F.2 Matoriale 31F-1
31F.3 Teflon Insulated Heating Cable
Installation 31F-2
31F.4 Mineral Insulated Cable Termination 31F-3
31F.5 Junction Box Installation 31F-4
31F.6 Coordination and Scheduling of Work 31F-4
31F.7 Information to the Contractor 318-5
31F.6 Listing of Items to Be Freeze Protected 31F-5
31F.9 Basis of Sid 31F-6
(DEITON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971 T031-2
sr
Section 31A - RACEWAY
31A.1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and field installation
of a complete raceway system in accordance with these specifications,
the Circuit Schedule, and the drawings.
The raceway system is defined to include conduit, continuous rigid cable
supports called "cable tray" herein, underground duct, and all materials,
devices, and work required to install, support, secure and provide a
complete system for support and protection of electrical cable and wiring.
31A.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Raceway system materials and devices fur-
nished shall be in accordance with applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA,
and UL. Raceway system components shall be !nst,alled in accordance with
applicable requirements of NEC.
31A.3 CONDUIT. Conduit shall be furnished and installed in accordance
with the drawings, raceway schedule, and the following specifications.
31A.3.1 Material. Conduit raceway material furnished under these spec-
ifications shall comply with the following requirements.
31A.3.1.1 Riid, Aluminum Conduit. Aluminum conduit and couplings shall
be rigid type conforming to ANSI C80.5, and shall bear the Underwriters
Laboratories label.
31A.3.1.2 Rigid Steel Conduit. Steel conduit, couplings, and elbows
shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI
C80.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have
a continuous zin^ coating with an overcoat of transparent enamel, trans-
parent lacquer, or zinc chromate.
31A.3,1.3 Couplings_ and Thread Protectors. Each length of conduit
I shall tie complete with a coupling on one end and a thread protector
on the othet. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical
strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage.
31A.3.1.4 Flexible Conduit. All flexible conduit shall be plastic
jacketed, liquidtight, galvanized steel, Sealtite Type EF for genoral
service areas or Type HC for high temperature locations such as feed
water heater level switches.
31A.3.1.5 Metal Conduit Fittings. All metal conduit fittings shall
conform to the requirements of NEMA FS1, ANSI C80.40 and UL 514 where
these standards apply. All fittings for aluminum conduit shall be alum-
inum or aluminum alloy. Iron or galvanized steel fittings shall be used
with steel conduit.
31A.3.1.6 Flexible Conduit Fittings. All flexible conduit fittings
shall be liquidtight, galvanized steel, Appleton Type STN or approved
equal, and shall bear the UL label.
(DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-1
063071
31A.3.1.7 Special Fittinga. Conduit sealing, explosionproof, dust-
proof, and other types of special fittings shall be provided as re-
gvired by the drawings and specifications, and shall be consistent
with area and equipment with which they are installed.
31A.3.1.8 Bushings. Bushings shall be provided at the termination of
all conduits not terminated in hubs and couplings. Insulating bushings
with insulating inserts in metal housings shall be provided on conduit
1-1/4 inches and larger. Insulating bushings shall be grounding type
where required by NEC and as required by the drawings. Standard bushings
shall be galvanized.
31A.3.1.9 Locknuts. Double locknuts shall be provided on all conduit
terminations not provided with threaded hubs and couplings. Locknuts
ab,ll be designed to securely bond the conduit to the box when tight-
E.«6. Locknuts shall not loosen through vib:•ation.
31A.3.1.10 Unions. Conduit unions and their location shall be suclject
to the approval of the Engineer. Watertight conduit unions shall be
Crouse-Hinds Type VNF or approved equal.
31A.3.2 Installation. Sl;pports and connections for each conduit run
shall be completed prior to the pull-in of any pulling line or con-
ductor. Steel and aluminum conduit shall not be interconnected except
where shown on the drawings.
All conduit connected to equipment, piping, raceways, etc, which has
been electrically insulated from contact with other structures shall
be properly installed to prevent shvnting of the insulation.
31A.3.2.1 Routing, Except as otherwise specified or shown on the
drawings, all conduit shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or
perpendicular to dominant surfaces with right angle turns made of
symmetrical bends or fittings. Conduit shall be located at least 6
inches from hot water, steam pipes, and other hot surfaces.
The Contractor shall field route conduit according to the general
routing shown and shall coordinate conduit locations with other work.
31A.3.2.2 Moisture Pockets. Moieture pockets shall be eliminated fron
conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit
system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C•-
type" conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run.
31A.3.2.3 Couplings and Unions. Metal conduit shall be joined by
threaded conduit couplings with the conduit ends butted. The use of
running threads will not be permitted.
Where metal conduit cannot be joined by standard threaded couplings,
conduit unions or split couplings may be used if both material and
location are approved by the Engineer, only ground seat type water-
tight unions shall be used where the union may be submerged.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-2
042971
-
Where Erickson type couplings or similar unions with unground seats
are used in ve,t', or inclined conduit runas the coupling nut shall
be installed u. . • do to prevent the entrance of water into the union.
3IA.3.2.4 Bends and Offsets. A run of conduit shall not contain more
than the equivalent of four quarter bends, including those immediately
at outlets or fittings. Bends in conduit shall be made without reducing
the internal diameter of the conduit. The use of a pipe tee or vise
for bending conduit will not be permitted. The inside radius of conduit
bends shall not be less than six times the inside diameter of the con-
duit. Conduits deformed or crushed in any way shall be removed fror
the job site.
31A.3.2.5 Threading Conduit. The plane of all conduit ends shall be
square with the ce;.terline. Where threads are required, they shall be
cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming. The ends of all conduit shall
be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs,
A cutting oil shall be used in threading operations; the dies shall be
kept sharp, and provisions shall be made for chip clearance. A pipe
joint compound shall be used in making threaded joints to prevent
seizing.
31A.3.2.6 Connections to Boxes and Cabinets. Conduits shall be
securely fastened to all boxes and cabinets. Threads on metallic con-
duit shall project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to
butt against the end of the conduit. The locknuts both inside and out-
side shall then be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely
to the box.
31A.3.2.7 Cleaning. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumula-
tion of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduits. Conduits in which
water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall
be thoroughly cleaned, or where such accumulation cannot be removed by
methods approved by the Engineer, the conduits shall be replaced.
31A.3.2.8 Flexible Conduit. All equipment and devices that move in
relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal operation of the
mechanism, or thermal expansion shall be connected to the supply con-
duit using not more than 30 inches of flexible conduit adjacent to the
equipment or device.
31A.3.2.9 Below Grade Conduit. Steel conduit shall not be direct buried
in the earth. Below grade steel conduit shall be encased with not less than
3 inches of concrete. Concrete used for conduit encasement shall contain
not less than 5-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. It shall contain clean
and well graded aggregates and low water content. The slump shall be such
that the mixture is stiff and will stand erect when placed. The r_oncrete
shall be vibrated to consolidate it around the steel and shall be slow cured
for several days to provide strength and prevent shrinkage. Supparts to
center the conduit within the encasement shall be of concrete of which the
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ?
(ELECIRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-3
042971
cement content is not less than that of the concrete encasement.
Aluminum conduit shall not be buried.
31A.4 CABLE TRAYS. Cable trays shall be furnished and installed in ac-
cordance with the drawings and the following specifications.
31A.4.1 Material. Trays and all tray fittings required for the com-
plete system shall be manufactured by one manufacturer as specified
herein. The trays are shown on the drawings. The trays shall be trough
type, manufactured by one of the following: Husky/Burndy, Globe "Cable
Strut", P-W Industries, T.J. Cope, Chalfant or The Binkley Co.
All trays shall be aluminum. Hanger clamps, fastening hardware, and pins
shall be of corrosion resistant metals. Steel accessories shall be hot-
dipped galvanized after fabrication. The trays shall have bottom slots
not in excess of 4 inches in width and the supporting surfaces of the cross
members shall be of sufficient size to prevent excessive identation of cable
insulation.
31A.4.2 drawings. The Contractor shall submit drawings to the Engi-
neer, showing the complete tray system which he proposes to supply, with
such additional data as will give construction and design features.
The ay layout shown on the drawings is based on the dimensions of
Globe "Cable Strut" tray. If trays of other manufactures are furnished,
the Contractor shall provide additional data as required to show that all
elevations and dimensions shown on the drawings will be maintained.
31A.4.3 Construction. Continuous rigid trays shall be formed of one
piece or shall have bottom members formed of one piece and welded or up-
set swaged to channel type side rails. The trays shall have the depths
indicated on the drawings.
The entire tray system shall be designed and constructed so that no part
of the completed tray installation will exceed the following deflection
limits:
DEFLECTION OF TRANSVERSE STRUT
Maximum Deflection Eased on 150
Tray Width Pounds/Lineal Foot, Uniformly Distributed
(inches) (inch)
6 0.006
12 0.020
18 0.070
24 0.160
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL. CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-4
042971
DEFLECTION OF LOYGITUDINAL MEMBER
Maximum
Unsupported Span Weight of Conductor Foot of Tray Deflection*
(feet) (pounds lineal foot) (inch)
5 150 0.35
Tested as free or simple beam
31A.4.4 Covers. All vertical trays shall be furnished with ventilated
covers. The top tray of horizontal runs located under grating floor or
insulated pipe shall be furnished with solid cowers.
All covers shall be of the same metal P; the tray with which they are
used. They shall be of the formed type with the edges turned to provide
rigidity. Cover straps shall be furnished as required.
31A.4.5 Hanger Clamps. Hanger clamps, fabricated especially for the
trays with which they are associated, shall be furnished as part of the
tray system. The clamps shall be designed for use with 1/2 inch hanger
rods and fasteners. Clamps shall be of a design that does not utilize
cross members under the supports and shall be constructed so that hanger
rods do not extend below the tray bottom.
31A.4.6 Tray Installation. Cable trays shall be installed in accord-
ance with the cable tray manufacturer's instructions and the following
articles.
31A.4.6.1 Tray Surfaces. The Contractor shall cut the trays to length
as required. The trays shall be cut with saws and all surfaces over
which the conductors and cables will be laid shall be ground or filed
to remove any shatp edges which could cause damage to the cable jacket
or insulation either during installation o: in normal service.
31A.4.6.2 Cross Members. Where layets of trays are staggered or are of
different widths and where they cannot be supported on wall brackets,
they shall be supported with hanger rods and cross members assembled
from Unistrut or Kindorf materials. Where feasible, supporting anchors,
hangers, clamps, and hardware shall be installed as detailed on the
drawings.
31A.4.6.3 Tray Covers. Cable tray co•:srs shall be notched to provide
clearance around clamps and supports as required for proper fit, Notches
shall be cut by sawing and the edges smoothed by grinding or filing.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CO!;STRV(r,'ION - D-8) 31A-5
063071
31A.5 RACEWAY SUPPORTS. Raceway supports shall be furnished and in-
stalled in accordance with the drawings and these specifications.
31A.5.1 Materials. Raceway support material shall comply with the
following requirements.
31A.5.1.1 Hanger Rods. Hanger rods shall be 1/2 inch diameter galva-
nized threaded steel rods.
31A.5.1.2 Conduit Clamps. Single conduit supports shall be one-hole
cast metal straps and clamp backs unless other types are approved by
the Enginee,.. Multiple conduit bank supports shall be constructed of
special galvanized rapport channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, or approved
equa'.) with associated conduit clips.
31A.5.1.3 Brackets. Bracket supports as detailed on the drawings shall
be used where specifically shown and may be substituted for other type
hangers upon approval cf the Engineer.
31A.5.1.4 Anchors. Where supports for raceways, boxes, cabinets, and
bus ducts are mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with
self-drilling tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split ex-
pansion shells, single cone expanders, and annular breakoff grooved
chucking cones. Anchors shall be Phillips "Redhead" or approved equal.
31A.5.2 Installation. All supports for raceway connected to equip-
ment, piping, raceways, etc. that have been electrically insulated
from cop:act with other structures shall be properly installed to pre-
vent Phunting of the insulation.
31A.5.2.1 Conduit Support. Except where buried in concrete, all con-
duit runs shall be rigidly supported at intervals not exceeding 5 feet.
Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer, single conduits and groups
of two conduits shall be supported by one-hole conduit clamps and clamp
hacks bolted to the steel or securely anchored to the concrete. Apple-
ton "Sta-tite" or Crouse-Hinds "Wedgtite" hangers may be used only in
areas where approved by the Engineer. Croups of three or more conduits
shall be supported by framing channels and associated clamps.
Conduit shall not be installed on the outside face or flange of exposed
columns, but shall be routed on the web or the inside or hidden flange
of the column. Except where prevented by the location of other work, a
single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on structural mem-
bers.
Wh*fe direct burial is required, encasement shall be as mentioned
hereinbefore•
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-6
063071
31A.5.2.2 Tray Support. Cable tray shall be bracket supported from
walls or columns and hanger supported from overhead structural members
at an interval not exceeding 5 feet measured along tray centerline be-
tween supports.
Supports on concrete or masonry shall be secured with concrete anchors.
Clamps shall be used to secure support to structural steel. A hanger
rod support shall include two rods; one on either side of the tray.
Nuts shall be fully threaded onto rods and not more than five rod threads
shall be allowed to project below the lower nut.
31A.6 CABINETS AND BOXES. Cabinets and boxes shall be furnished and
installed in accordance with the requirements of the following articles.
31A.6.1 Material. Junction boxes, pull boxes, and cabinets shall be
constructed in accordance with UL 50 for their intended service.
Junction box enclosure type, material, and dimensions shall be as shown
on the drawings.
All outlet boxes and associated fittings shall be constructed in accord-
ance with UL 514 and shall be galvanized steel, galvanized malleable
irons or cast aluminum.
Galvanized malleable iron outlet boxes shall be used with steel conduit
installed outdoors and in damp locations. Cast aluminum outlet boxes
shall be used with aluminum conduit for all surface mounted receptacles
and switches.
Galvanized steel outlet boxes shall be used in indoor dry locations only.
31A.6.2 Installation. Cabinets, boxes, and fittings shall be rigidly
mounted as shown on the plans. Mounting on concrete shall be secured
by self-drilling anchors. Mounting on steel shall be by drilled and
tapped screw holes, or by special support channels welded to the steel,
or by both, as shown. Cabinets shall be leveled and fastened to the
mounting surface with not less than 1/4 inch air space between the en-
closure and mounting surface. All mounting holes in the enclosure shall
be used.
Except as prevented by the location of other work, all Junction boxes
and outlet boxes shall be centered on structures.
Conduit openings in boxes shall to made with a hole saw or shall be
punched.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-81 31A-7
063071
31A.7 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS. Sleeves and openings for passage of elec-
trical raceways are shown on the drawings for general construction and
marked with an "E" near each opening. These openings will be furnished
by others and are planned for location beneath major pieces of electri-
cal equipment and in certain locations where groups of raceways will
pass through floors.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all required openings. Required
openings not provided during structure fabrication shall be provided by
the Contractor using a hacksaw, a hole saw, or a core drill subject to
the approval of the Engineer. Openings in floors and walls for single
conduits shall be cut by the Contractor with core drills and the conduits
grouted in place after being installed,
31A.7.1 Openings Through Steel Beams. Conduits may be routed through
building steel only when each such routing is approved by the Engineer.
Holes required for conduit passages shall be drilled or sawed, not burned.
31A.7.2 Openings Through Grating. Field cutting of gracing will be
allowed only where specifically approved by the Engineer. Alternate
routing of raceways should be used to avoid conflict with grating. If
field cutting is absolutely necessary, the openings shall be made at
divisions or ends of grating sections. These openings shall be square
and shall be neatly finished as detailed on the drawings. All rough spots
shall be ground until smooth and regalvanized as required. Openings in
grating shall be sawed, not burned.
31A.1.3 Finishing Boxouts. Openings that have been cut through walls
and floors of masonry or concrete for tho passage of raceways shall be
finished either by grouting around the conduits or by grouting 3/16
inch thick steel bands around the periphery of the openings as shown on
the drawings. Where sleeves or bands are installed in floors, they shall
project 3-1/2 inches above the finished floors.
31A.7.4 Finishing Openings Beneath Equipment. Openings beneath equip-
ment shall be closed with grout where hables are in conduits and
the conduits project through the openings. Closure plates of transite,
micarta, or similar material shall be used to close openings beneath
equipment where the cables entering the eq-.ipment are not in enclosing
raceways, The plates shall be not less than 3/8 inch thick and shall
be cut to fit closely around the outside surfaces of the cables where
the cables pass through the plates. Edges of the holes in these plates
shall be rounded and smoothed to prevent damage to the cable. The
plates shall be securely fastened to the floor or to the equipment and
all openings around the plates shall be calked with wet asbestos.
31A.8 WELDING. All welding shall completely fuse the welded member
to the supporting steel and shall be neat in appearance. All welds
shall be made by welders whose quality of work is equivalent to that
of welders certified by the American Welding Society.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-8
042971
Clamps shall be used for making attachments to structural steel for
installation purposes wherever possible. Welded lugs will be permitted
only with the specific approval of the Engineer.
All temporary supports which have been welded to the building steel
shall be removed as promptly as possible. After removal, the roughened
surface of the building steel shall be ground smooth and a protective
primer paint applied equal to that which was initially applied in the
shop.
31A.9 UNDERGROUND DUCT. Concrete encased duct banks of individually
assembled .-ement asbestos duct arranged as shown on the drawings will be
provided under other specifications.
Before cable is pulled into the duct bank, each duct shall be tested and
cleaned and ducts which will not be used immediately shall be plugged at
each end. As a clearance test, each duct shall pass a mandrel with a
diameter 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct. All foreign
material, earth, sand, and gravel shall be removed from the ducts with
circular stiff bristled orushes.
31A.10 WIREWAI'. Wireway shall be provided according to the drawings and
the following articles.
31A.10.1 Materials. All wireway and associated fittings shall be oil-
tight type, designed for weathertight installation with neoprene gasketed
hinged covers secured with external clamps. The wireway shall be fabri-
cated of steel not less than 14 gauge, shall be finished with baked satin
enamel applied over a phosphated surface and shall be JIC approved.
31A.10.2 Installation. Wireway shall be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer s instruction-3 and as shown on the drawings to provide a
watertight installation. All field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw.
Efcor "Water-Tite" rigid conduit hubs or acceptable equal, aluminum for
aluminum conduit and malleable iron for steel conduit, shall be used to
connect conduit to the wireway.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31A-9
063071
Section 31B - CONDUCTORS
318.1 GENERAL. Insulated cable, conductors, and conductor accessories
shall be furnished and in.%talled in accordance with the requirements of
this specification.
AC and do power and control circuits are described in the Circuit
Schedule. Lighting circuits are shown on the drawings.
318.2 CABLE SPECIFICATIONS. The insulated cable and conductors pro-
vided shall conform to included Cable Specifications.
The term "Type" used in the Circuit Schedule, on the drawings, and in
these specifications refers to the letter identification shown in the
upper right corner of each Cable Specification.
31B.2.1 Cable Manufacturers. The insulated cables and conductors pro-
vided shall be produced by one or more of the following cable manufac-
turers:
American Steel and Wire
Anaconda Wire and Cable Company
Essex International, Inc.
General Cable Corporation
General Electric Company
Kaiser Aluminum 6 Chemical Sales, Inc.
The Kerite Company
The Okonite Company
Phelps Dodge Copper Products Company
Rome Cable Division
Simplex Wire 8 Cable Company
Rockbestos Wire and Cable Company
Reynolds Metal Company
In addition to the manufacturers listed above, approved manufacturers for
special cables will be indicated on the cable specification sheet for the
special cable concerned.
31B.2.2 Test Reports. Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall
submit three copies of manufacturer's test reports on each cable to the
Engineer.
31B.3 CONDUCTOR_ ACCESSORIES. All conductor accessories including
terminal materials, potheads and terminations, termination kits, splice
kits, markers, tying materials, support grips, insulating compounds hnd
tapes, and cable cushioning materials shall be furnished and installed.
Installation instructions shall be furnished with accessories.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31B-1
042971
31B.3.1 Terminal Materials. Wire termination materials for conductors
8 AWG and larger shall be pressure or bolted type, Burndy Qiklug,
Varilug, or approved equal. Acceptable terminals included with owner-
furnished equipment may be used. Terminals for conductors smaller than
8 AWG shall be insulated ring tongue type, Thomas & Betts "Sta-Kon" or
approved equal.
Terminal blocks shall be strap screw type, rated 600 volts, shall have
25 per cent more terminal points than the quantity of conductors requiring
termination, and shall have white marking strips. Terminals shall be
sized for the conductor being terminated except that terminal blocks for
all conductors 8 AWG and smaller shall be equal to Buchanan Catalog No. 8112
terminal blocl-s.
31B.3.2 Splicing Materials. Splices in power conductors shall be with
compression type connectors. Splices in control or signal conductors
shall be with bolted compression type ring tongue terminal lugs. Splices
in lighting conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be with "Scotchlok"
twist type insulated spring connectors or approved equal. Splices in
lighting conductors 8 AWG and larger shall be with compression type
connectors, bolted compression type ring tongue terminal lugs, or bolted
cast ring tongue terminal lugs.
31B.3.3 Crimping Hand Tools. The crimping hand tools used in securing
the conductor in the compression type connectors or terminal lugs shall
be those made for that purpose and for the conductor sizes involved. The
crimping tools shall be of the ratchet type which prevents the tool from
opening until the crimp action is completed. Such tools shall be a pro-
duct of the connector manufacturer.
318.3.4 Insulating Compounds and Tapes. Insulating compounds and tapes
for splice and t:rmination insulation shall conform to the recommenda-
tions of the cable manufacturer.
Stress cones for 5 kV and 15 kV shielded cables shall be assembled pennant
type stress cone kits as manufactured by 3M Company, General Electric Co.
or approved equal.
31B.3.5 Support Grips. Cable support grips shall be either split or
closed woven wire type as manufacturet by The Kellems Company,
Stonington, Connecticut.
318.3.6 Wire and Cable Markers. Markars for wire and cable circuits
shall be of an opaque nylon material arranged to include a marker board,
nonreleasing holding device, and cable `astening tail similar to Panduit
Corp. Part No. SSM markers. The marker Soard shall not be less than 3/8
inch wide, 3/4 inch long, and 25 mils Chic' with one side roughened to
hold black nylon marking ink from a pen similar to Th<,nas S Betts Company
"TY-RAP" marking pen Catalog No. WT163M-1 or Panduit Corp. Part No. PX
marking pen. Identification shall be permanent and waterproof. The
holding device shall be designed to allow the fastening tail to pass
around the cable through the holding device, and prevent the removal of
the tail without cutting it loose from the marker.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31B•2
042971
r
31B.3.7 Tying Haterials. Lacing materials for field installed cable
shall be nonreleasing nylon ties manufactured by Thomas 5 Betts Company,
Elizabeth, New Jersey, Weckesser Company, Chicago, Illinois, or approved
equal.
31B.3.6 Fireproofing Iaterial. Material for fireproofing cable in wan-
holes shall be a heat resistant organic fabric tape coated on one side
with a flame retardant elastomer - Irvington No. 7700, and a pressure
sensitive adhesive backed glass cloth holding tape - Scotch Brand No. 17
as produced by the Minnesota dining and Manufacturing Co.
31B.4 INSTALLATION. Immediately prior to the installation of each
cable or cable group the raceway route to be followed shall be inspected
and ascertained to be complete in installation and free of all materials
detrimental to the cable or its placement. All cables assigned to a
particular duct or conduit shall be grouped and pulled in simultaneoLsly,
using cable grips and approved lubricants.
All cables shall be routed as required by the Circuit Schedule.
If at any time during the progress of the work the Contractor finds
conduits or trays which appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned
cables, he shall notify the Engineer at once and shall discontinue any
further work on the questionable raceway until advised by the Engineer
as to how he shall proceed.
All cables shall be carefully checked both as to size and length b:fore
being pulled into conduits or ducts. Cables pulled into the wrong con-
duit or duct or cut too short to rack, train, and splice as shown on the
drawings and specified herein, shall be removed and replaced by and at
the expense of the Contractor. Cables removed from one conduit or d+ict
shall not be installed in another conduit or duct without permission of
the Engineer.
31B.4.1 Cable in Trays. All cables shall be carefully laid or pulled in
the trays so that neither the cables nor the trays are damaged. Cables
may be laid along the side of the tray systew during installation pro-
vided they are protected from dirt, water, oil, or other detrimental
materials and from mechanical injury. Cables shall be cut sufficiently
long to conform to the contour of the trays with particular attention
paid to vertical inside bends. All excess'.ve slack shall be removed
from the cables so that they lay parallel to the sides of the trays.
Multiple single conductor cables which comprise a single power circuit
shall be grouped together to minimize magnetic influence on other
cables in the area. 'ire cables shall be tied to the trays with nylon
ties at 10 foot intervals to hold them in place. Cable clamps designed
for holding the cables inside the trays shall be installed at all ver-
tical bends.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 3'.B-3
063071
31B.4.2 Cable in Manholes. Cables shall be r;upported at all times without
short bends or excessive sags and shall not be permitted to lie on the
manhole floor. Cable ends must not be submerged. Cable racks or trays
shall be provided for permanent support. Temporary support required during
installation shall be with rope slings, timbers or alternate method ap-
proved by the Engineer.
31B.4.3 Cable Fulling. Fishing and pulling shall be done with flexible
round metal tape, C02 propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or manila
rope.
31B.4.4 Cable Grips. Woven wire cable grips shall be used to pull all
single conductor cables, 2/0 AWG and larger, and all multiconductor
cables. Pulling loops shall be used to pull single conductor cables
smaller than 2/0 AWG. When a cable grip is used for pulling, the area
of the cable c< •ered by the grip plus 6 inches shall be cut off and
discarded.
Factory installed pulling eyes shall be used for pulling cables where
they 'Are available. As soon as the cable is pulled into place, the
pulling eyes shall be removed and the cable resealed.
318.4.5 Swivels. A reliable nonfreezing type of swivel, or swivel con-
nection, shall be inserted between the pulling rope and the cable eye or
grip to prevent twisting under strain.
31B.4.6 Feeding Tubes. A 4 inch or larger flexible feeding tube, with
a removable nozzle sized to fit the ducts, shall be used in pulling all
underground cables. The feeding tube shall be long enough to extend from
the duct entrance to the outside of the manhole and shall be so arranged
that it will be impossible for the cable to drag across the edge of the
manhole ring or any ether damaging surface.
318.4.7 Lubricant. Only lubricants recomriended by the cable manufac-
turer and approved by the Engineer shall be used.
318.4.8 Inspection. The outside of each cable reel shall be carefully
inspected and protruding nails, fastenings, or other objects which might
damage the cable shall be removed. A thorough visual inspection for
flaws, breaks, or abrasions in the cable sheath shall be made as the
cable leaves the reel, and the pulling speed shall be slow enough to
permit this inspection. Damage to the sheath or finish of the cable
shall be sufficient cause for rejecting the cable. Cable damaged in
any way during installation shall be replaced by and at the expense of
the Contractor.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-B) 318-4
042971
31B.4.9 Pullin Tension. The pulling tension of any cable shall not
excr.-2d the maximum tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pull-
ing mechanisms of both the manual and power types used by the Contractor
shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism.
Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended
pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a
dynamometer shall be uoed to stow the tension on the cable and he indt-
eator shall be constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops,
the pulling operation shall be stopped at once and the difficulty deter-
mined and corrected.
31B.4.10 Sidewall Pressure. To avoid insulation damage from excessive
sidewall pressure at bends in duct and conduit runs, the pulling tension
in pounds at a bend shall not exceed 100 times the radius of the bend in
feet.
31B.4.11 Cable Bends. Extreme care shall be exercised during the installa-
tion of all cable to prevent tension and bending conditions in excess of
the manufacturers recommendations. The permanent radius of bend after
cable installation shall be in accordance with IPCEA specifications.
31B.4.12 Supports. All cable supports and securing devices shall have
bearing surfaces located pc-allel to the surfaces of the cable sheath
and shall be installed to provide adequate support without deformation
of the cable jackets or insulation.
Adequate cable end lengths shall be provided and properly installed in
junction boxes and manholes to avoid longitudinal strains and distorting
pressures on the cable at conduit bushings and duct end bells.
Final inspection shall be made after all cables are in place, and where
supports, bushings, and end bells deform the cable jacket, additional
supports shall be provided. As directed by the Engineer, additional
cable protection such as a wrapping of light rubber belting, friction
tape, or similar material, may be required. Cables in vertical runs
shall be supported by woven wire grips in accordance with NEC require-
ments except that the distance between supports shall be one-half the
code distance.
31B.4.13 Cable Racks. Where cable trays are not specified in manholes,
cable racks shall be furnished and installed according to the drawings
and as required to provide the proper cable support. Cable racks shall
be installed on spacings of not greater than 36 inches and shall be bolt
secured to permanent wall surfaces with pelf-drilling anchors or con-
tinuous slot concrete inserts.
31B.4.14 5p_are Conductors. All spare conductors of a multiconductor cable
shall be left at their maximum length for possible replacement of any
other conductors in the cable. Each spare conductor shall be neatly
coiled and then taped to the conductors being used.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL C01STRUCTION - D-8) 31B-5
042971
31B.4.15 Lacing. That portion of control and instrument leads between
the ends of conduits and terminal blocks located back of switchboards
and in similar locations shall be neatly laced together with nylon ties.
315.4.16 Cable Identifications. The Contractor shall identify the ends of
all power, control, and instrument circuits. lie shall also identify all
circuits in manholes and pull boxes. Each marker shall bear the number
of the corresponding circuit according to the Circuit Schedule and drawings.
One end of the marker board shall remain free of the fastening tail and the
entire marker shall be so attached that it is readily visible for circuit
identification.
318.1.17 Moisture Seals. Each cable rated 2500 volts and above shall be
kept sealed except when termination and splicing work is being performed.
Except for lead covered cable all cables shall be sealed with a temporary
seal of rubber tape and friction tape covered with insulating varnish.
Lead covered cable shall be sealed by a lead cap wiped to the cable sheath.
Before and after pulling, the leading end seal of each length of cable
shall be examined and repaired if necessary. All cut cable ends shall
be promptly sealed after cutting except those to ba spliced or terminated
immediately.
31B.4.18 Cable Fireproofing. All cables rateu 5000 volts and above shall
be fireproofed where they occupy a manhole.
The separate cond,sctors of a single circuit may be grouped together under
the fireproof covering if they are pulled into a single duct. Single con-
ductors pulled into single ducts shall be individually fireproofed.
Fireproofing in a manhole or box shall extend in one helically wound half
lapped layer from one duct end in the box or manhole over the cable to
the ether duct end. The fireproofing shall be secured in position with
glaes tape random wrapped according to the instructions of the fireproof-
ing tape manufacturer.
Cable identification shall be located over the fireproofing tapes.
31B.5 SPLICES. No splices shall be made in conductors for instrument
circuits or control circuits except connections to accessory devices
equipped with factory installed pigtails.
The approval of the Engineer shall be required for the use of splices
and their location in cable circuits rated 2500 volts and above.
Splices shall not be made to utilize short lengths of cable nor shall
they be made to provide correct length4 on cables initially cut too
short for a particular circuit.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRIC).L CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31B-6
042971
Splices, joints, and connections in cable shall be made only in pull
boxes, junction boxes, or manholes unless otherwise indicated on the
drawings, and shall be made in accordance with the instructions of the
cable manufacturer.
318.5.1 Gable Splicing. Splices in cable shall be prepared similar to
terminations requiring insulation specified below and shall be similarly
insulated.
318.6 TERMINATIONS. The termination of cable shall be in accordance
with the following requirements:
Train cable in place and cut squarely to required length.
Avoid sharp bends.
Remove necessary amount of cable jacket and insulation without
damage to the conductor.
Install terminals or connector; as required, insuring a firm
metal-to-metal contact.
31P.7 TERMINATIONS REQUIRING INSULATION. Terminations of insulated
conductors on insulated conductors (whether cable, bus, switchgear
bushings or transformer bushings) shall be insulated. Insulation
voltage level of the termination and the conductors being terminated
shall be equal. Insulation shall cover all exposed surfaces of the
conductors.
31B.7.1 Insulation of Terminations in 600 Volt Cable. Terminations in
cable rated 600 volts or less which require Insulation shall be insulated
in accordance with the following requirements:
All exposed conductor or connector surface shall be covered
with a minimum of three halt-lapped layers of specification
grade rubber insulating tape.
A minimum of three half-lapped layers of polyvinyl chloride
electrical tape shall be applied over the rubber tape. The
polyvinyl chloride tape shall extend a minimum of two cable
diameters over the cable jacket and a similar distance over
the other insulation or connection requiring insulation,
This tape shall be 3M Company No, 33 Electrical Tape or
approved equal.
318.7.2 Insulation of Terminations in 5 kV and 15 kV Cable. Terminations
in cable rated 5 kV or 15 kV which require insulation shall be insiilated
in accordance with the following requirements:
Indoor terminations or terminations in air insulated terminal
chambers shall be insulated using the materials and procedures
furnished in General Electric Company Termi-Kit Cable Splicing
Kits, Joslyn Manufacturing and Supply Company PS (Preformed Stress)
Cones or approved equal.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(FLECTRiCAL CONSTRUCTION - U-B) 318-7
042971
Splices shall be insulated using the materials and procedures
furnished in General Electric Company Uni.-Kit Cable Splicing
Kits or approved equal.
Where the shape and configuration of terminal fittings make
workmanlike insulation of the bare termination impractical,
the contours of the termination may be smoothed by filling voids
and molding over irregular surfaces with Johns-Manville Duxseal
before application of the recommended thicknesses of insulating
material.
31B.7.3 Special Terminations. Terminations requiring potheads, termina-
tors, or other prefabricated or factory made terminal kits shall be in-
stalled in accordance with the termination manufacturer's instructions and
as shown on the drawings.
318.8 TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION. All insulated conductors shall be
electrically tested after installation.
All cir -sits including lip!,ting circuits shall be tested with the circuit
complete except for conn.,ctions to equipment. All splices, stress cones
on shielded cable, and terminations shall be complete prior to testing.
Any circuit failing to tes, satisfactorily shall be replaced, or repaired
and retested as directed by the Engineer,
All equipment and labor required for testing shall be provided by the
Contractor.
31B.8.1 Cables Rated 5000 Volts and Above. All conductors with insula-
tion rated 5000 volts and above shall be given a do insulation test in
addition to standard factory tests on new cable.
The capacity of direct current testing equipment shall not be less than
2500 microamperes, 45 kV for testing cable rated 5 V. not less than
5000 microamperes, 90 kV for cable rated 15 kV.
Test procedures with the exceptions specified below, shall conform to
the following standards applicable to the cable insulation under test.
IPCEA - Rubber-insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission
and Distribution of Electrical Energy
IFCEA - Thermoplastic-insulated Wire and Cable for the Trans-
mission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
AEIC - Solid Type Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Lead Covered
Cable Specification
Final test voltages and the duration of the teat will be determined by
the Engineer except that the test voltage and duration will not exceed
IPCEA or A.EIC standard requirements.
(DENT^'l, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31B-8
042971
The tests shall be performed by competent personnel specializing in
electrical cable testing. Cable test data on each cable tested shall
be reported to the Engineer in triplicate on cable test forms provided
by the Engineer.
A sample test data form is included. This form indicates a curve typical
of data obtained from a satisfactory cable test.
31B.8.2 fables Rated Below 5000 Volts. All insulated conductors rated
less than 5:00 volts shall be tested with a 500 volt megger or an equiv-
alent testing device and shall indicate approximately infinite resistance
between conductors of the same circuit and between conductors and ground.
(bENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31B-9
042971
psi
i0t
TYPE
15.000 VOLTS SINGLE C04JUCTOR POWER CABLE SPEC D-8
,UNGROUNDED SYSTEM' PROJECT 4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA 5-19-81. 5-66-524, IN'iERIM STANDARD NO. 1
CONDUCTOR: ETANDARD ROUND UNCOATED COPPER: STRAND CLASS B. MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATUR7 90 C
h*SULATION: CROSS LINKED THERMOSETTIMG POLYETHYLENE, IPCEA S-66-524
SHIELO: UNCOATED COPPER TAPE OR WIRE, IPCfA S 19 81, PAPT 4
JACKET: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE. IPCEA S 19-81. PART 4.13 5
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: NONE
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHES
SIZE NO. OF CONDUCTOR JACKET
IAWG OR MCMi STRANDS I%SULATIC%
1 THRU 4'0 19 215 0.080
150 THRu 500 37 •215 0.060
600 THRU 750 61 •215 0.080
800 THRU 1000 61 .215 0 110
CARLI T11 TAILS OESCR IOF ONLY IABIE ',''NSII I'I II~N IM 101N ,n, 'rNnl"TC~S OI TnF
.
7.12f' IISfFn 6CIOW
A DURABLE HARKING SMALL BE P5Q"r:D:D ON THE 50FArF OF THE CABLE AT INTEPVALS NOT EXCEED u G 24 INCHES
MARRING SMALL INCLUDE MA%UFACTUPEV S NAME, INSULATIN, MATERIAL. CCIIDUCTOR SIZE AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
1 AWG 250 Mrs 500 rCH
1 0 A W G 300 MCM '00 M(.M
2 0 AWG 350 MCM rs0 MCs
3 0 AVG 400 MCM 1^OO MCM
4 0 AWG S00 MCM
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
BLACK & VEATCN
CONSULTING ENCINICAS
® CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-10
TYPE _B__ _
5000 VOLTS S MOLE CONDUCTOR: PNER CABLE S PEC ` D=8
PROJECT 490'4
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA 5-19-81, 5-66-524, INTERIM STANDARD NO. 1
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND UNCOATED COPP£RI STRAND CLAS:, B, MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 90 C
INSULATION: CROSS LINKED THERMG;ETTI%G POLYETHYLENE, IPCEA S-66-524
SHIELD: UNCOATED COPPER TAPE OR WIRE, IPCEA S-19-81 PART 4
JACKET: POLY W;NYL CHLORIDE, IPCEA S-19-81, PARE 4.13.5
ARMOR: NOME
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: NONE
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHES
SIZE N0. OF CONDUCTOR
IAVG or MCM' STRAAOS INSULATION J4CNET
s TNRu 6 7 0.090 0.045
4 t#4 RU 2 1 0.090 0.060
1 THRU 2 C 19 0.090 0.060
9 0 THRU 4 0 19 0.090 0.080
250 THRU 500 37 0.090 0 ORO
600 THRU 1000 R1 0.090 D'W
CABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE DAILY CABLE CCNSTRVCTICNS CCNTAINING CONDUCTORS OF THE SIZES LISTED BELOW
A DURAPLE MARX I%G SHALL 8f PROVIDED ON THE SURFACE Of THE CAPIE AT INTFROAIS 140T FKCEEDING 24 INCHES.
MARKING SMALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, INSULATING MATERIAL CONDUCTOR SIZE 41D VOLI4GE CLASS.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
8 AWG 1,0 AWG 300 MCM 'S0 MCM
6 AVG 20 A1+G 350 Nc4 800 MCM
4 AVG 3 0 AWG 400 MCM 900 MCM
2 AVG 40 AWG 500 MCM 1000 MCM
1 AWG 250 MCM 600 MCM
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIM ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
BiACK & VEATCH
CONIUMNI ENGINEERS
CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-11
L
TYPE D
600 VOLTS SINGLE CONDUCTOR POWER CABLE SPEC D-8
PROJECT 4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA S-19-81
CONDUCTOR: STANDARO ROUND COATED COPPER: STRAND CLASS B: MAXIMUM OPERATING
TEMPERATURE 90 C
INSULATIONr CHLOROSULFONATED PCLYETHYL£NE
SHIELD: NONE
JACKET: NONE
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR 10EXTIFICATION: NONE
TESTS: THE WIRE SMALL MEET THE VERTICAL FLAME TEST REQUIREMENTS PER IPCEA S-19-6t,PAR.6.19.6
CABLE DETAILS
COKDUCTOR INSULATION
SIZE N0. OF THICKNESS
(AWG OR MCM) STRAKOS INCHES
14 THRU 10 7 0.047
B THRU 2 7 0.062
1 THRU 4;0 Iv 0.07?
250 THRU 500 37 0 094
600 THRII 1000 61 O 10°
CABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE ONLY CABLE CONSTRUCTIONS CO+FAINING CONDUCTORS OF THE
SIIE3 LISTED BELOW.
24 A DURABLE MARKING SHALL BE PROVIDED 0% THE SURFACE OF THE CABLE 47 INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING
AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
14 AWG 2 AWG 250 Mum 750 mcM
12 AWG I AWG j00 MCM 1000 mcm
10 AWG 1 0 AWG 350 Mtn
8 AWG 2!0 AWG 400 MCH
6 AWG 3:0 AWG 500 MCM
4 AWG 4 0 AWG $00 AWG
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
MANUFACTURER
ANACONDA WIRE AND CABLE COM :°Y - 'UNICON' OR APPROVED EQUAL.
PiACK & VEATCH
CONSULTING UGINEERS
® CABLE SPECIFICATION 3111-12
TYPE
60-0 YOL1S: THREE CONDUCTOR AND GROUND; POWER CABLE 5 P E C
PRCJECT4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA S-19-81, S-66-524, INTERIM STANDA4U N0. 2
CONPurTCO: STANDARD RDLNO UNCOATED COPPER; STRAND CLASS S; MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 90 C
INSULATION. CROSS LINKED THERMOSETTING POLYETHYLENE, IPCEA S-66-524
SHIELD: NONE
JACKET: CONDUCTOR-NONE CABLE ASSEMBLY; POLYVINYL CHLORlOE. IPCEA S-19 61, PART 0.13.5
ARMOR; NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IPCEA S-19-81,PART 5.6.1, COLORED COMPOUND, COLORED COATING, STRIPES,
OR SURFACE PRINTING
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHES
SIZE NO. OF CONDUCTOR CABLE
AWGI STRANDS INSULATION JACKET
12 THRU to 7 0,030 0.045
B THRU 6 7 0.045 0.060
4 THRU 2 7 0.065 0.080
CABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE ONLY CABLE CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINING COODUCT045 OF THE SIZES
LISTED BELOW.
A CURABLE MAAK!NG SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE SURFACE OF THE CABLE AT INTERVALS NOT EX:EEDING
24 INCHES. MARKING SHALL I+rLUOE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, INSULATING MATERIAL, CONOJCTCR SIZE
AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
PHASE GROUND
CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR'
12 5 10 AV; is AWG
8 Alm G
O 6 AWG 14 AWG
4 AWG 12 AVG
2 AVG 10 AWG
THREE BARE COPPER GROUND CONDUCTORS IN THE INTERSTICES,
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIRED ARE SPECIr:ED ELSEWHERE
BLACK & VEAYCH
CONSUlTIN9 EN8INEEIIS
® CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-13
N0.12 AWG TYPE F
600 VOLTS; MULTICONDUCTOR; CONTROL CABLE SPEC 17-$
PROJECT 4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA &41-402
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROL%D UkrOATFO COPPER; MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 75 C
INSULATION: POLYETHYLENE, IPCEA S-61-':02. PART 3.9
SHIELD: NONE
CABLE CORE Wl1 PART 4.3.1;
JAGfET: ASSE BOY JACKET ASSEMBLY: CHLORIDE, IPCEA S-61-42,
CENT
OVERLAP
ARMOR; NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IPCEA S-61-402, PART S. METHOD 1 - COLORED COMPOUNDS WITH TRACERS
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR NuMBER THICKNESS - INCHES
OF CONDUCTOR ASSEMBLY
SIZE NO. OF CONDUCTORS
(AWG OR MCM) STRANDS INSULATION JACKET LACKEY
12 7 2 0.020 0.010 0.045
17 7 3 0.020 0.010 0.045
12 7 4 0.020 0.010 0.045
12 7 5 0 02C 0.010 0,04f.
12 7 6 0.020 0.010 0.060
12 7 7 0.020 0.010 0.060
12 7 6 0 :l0 0.010 0.060
12 7 9 0.020 0.010 0.060
12 7 10 0.020 0.010 0.060
12 7 12 0.020 O.olO 0.060
12 7 15 0.020 0.010 0.060
DURABLE KINCLUDE MA%UFACTUREROS NAME, INSULATING MATERIAL, CONDUCTOR A SIZE O AND VOL74GE CLASS. CHES.
MARKING SMALL
TV10 CONDUCTOR CONTROL CABLE WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT MYLAR TAPE WRAPPED CABLE CORE WHE$ SUCH CABLE IS
GUARANTEED BY THE MAKUFACTURF,R TO BE FREE STRIPPING.
i CAILE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
BLACK & VEAYCH
COONNS-U-LLRi10 EN91gEEBS
U CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-14
NO.to AWL TYPE _ }X
640 VOLTS WILT ICON DUCTOR C'ONT901 CAPLE SPEC E1-F
PROJECT
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: IPCEA S-61 407
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND UNCOATED COPPER; MAviMUM OPERATING TlYPERATURE 75 C
INSULATION: POLYETHYLENE, IPCEA S 61-402, PART 3.9
SHIELD: NONE
JACKET: CONDUCTOR AND CABLE ASSEMBLY. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE,IPCEA 5-..%-402. PART 4.3.1: a SSEMBLY
JACKET APPLIED OVER MYLIR TAPE WRAPPED CABLE CORE WITH 10 PER CE%T OVERLAP
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION; IPCEA 5-61 402 PART 5, ME71400 1 C^iORED COMPOUNDS WITH TRACEPS
CABLE DETAILS
COMDUCICR NUMBER THICNNES5 I+ICkES
ND. OF OF CONOUCTMC _S5EMB:Y
512E STRA%DS CONDUCTORS 'NSULATION WK ET JACYET
,AwG OR MCM'
10 7 r n`n n1C ^ n4 s.
10 1 ' v ^2'1 ^lr 245
1.0 ! non :l I it nrn
10 ! ~ n1^ ^ rho
1C 7 ~ D O?~ ~ 0S0 C.060
t0 7 0.020 0.010 0.060
1).^: C10 O Of e)
10 t
Q q n2n n n1n r.06C
ID 7
l0 7 In n r7n nr.t 1.08n
l0 Y 12 0.0?1 r1D LOBO
10 7 i5 1).C90 r,, (1 I1.DBO
A DURABLE MARKING SMALL BE PROV ?:J ON rot SURFACE OF THE CABLE AT 101t0VALS 4V LACE£DI%G 24 INCHES.
MARKING SMALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S MA.MF, I041LATIKG MATERIAL Ce$NO+JCT:IR S12E AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
TWO CONDUCTOR CONTROL CABLE WILL BE ACCEPrEO WITHOUT MYLAR TAPE WRAPPED CABLE CAE WHEN SUCH CABLE
IS GUARANTEED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO BE FREE STRIPPING.
CABLE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
BLACK & VEATCH I,
CONSULTING ENCIIIEENS
CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-15
TYPE G
600 VOLTS SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PAIR SHIELDED CONTROL CABLE SPEC
PROJECT 4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE IPCEA S-61-402
CONDUCTOR: 16 AWG, 7 STRAND BARE COPPER
INSULATION: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, IPCEA 5-61-402, PART 3.8, 30 MILS NOMINAL THICNNCISS;
LAY: TWISTED PAIRS WITH 1-112 TO 2-1 2 INCH LAY STAGGERED
SHIELD: CABLE ASSEMBLY, COMBINATION ALUMINUM - MYLAR TAPE AND T STRAND COPPER
DRAIN WIRE. 100 PER CENT COVER OVER INSULATED CONDUCTORS.
JACKET: BLACK POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DVEP CABLE ASSEMBLY
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IPCEA S-61 402, PART 7.4.5.JI
CABLE DETAILS
iHICRNFSS
CABLE SIZE CABLE JACKET
PAIRS (MILS!
1 20
3 4
5 u5
I
9 U
1?
A OVPABLE PARKIN SMALL BE PROVIDED THE 9JRFA(r ;F THE CABLL ~T :41E17VALS NOT EXCEEDING
24 INCHES, MARKING SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S AAME, INSULATING MATERIAL, C0401'CTOR SIZE
AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
PAIRS COVERED BY THIS oPFCIFICATION SHEET
1 7
3 ^
5 1z
PAIRS REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE,
THIS IS NOT A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION WITH THE MANUFACTURER; THEREFORE, THIS CABLE SHOULD BE
ORDERED IN TIME TO ALLOW FOR SPECIAL MANUFACTURE.
MANUFACTURER
DENORON PRODUCTS DIVISION OF SAMUEL MDORE $NO COMPANI.
BLACK & VEATCH
CONSULTING ENGINEER! r
® CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-16
TYPE
600 VOLTS SINGLE CONDUCTOR HIGH TEMPERATURE CABLE SPEC_,._
PROJECT _4904-
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE? UNOERVRITERS LABORATORIES STANDARD 62. NFPA NO. 70 'NEC'
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND COATED CGPPER: MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 150 C
INSULATION: UL 62,CLASS 22,5ILICONE RUBBER
SHIELD: NONE
JACKET: BRAIDED GLASS, NOT LESS THAN 0.010 INCH THIC%
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: NONE
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHES NEC
SIZE 40. OF CONDUCTOR TYPE
IAWGi STRANDS INSULATION DESIGNATION
16 TMRU 14 7 264 SF-2
12 190 2!64 SIMILAR TO SF-2
Y1• 3 64 SIMIIAP TO SF-2
10
NUMBER OF STRANDS NOT IN ACCOROANCk WITH U1 62
CABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE CNLY CABLE CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINING CONDUCTORS OF THE
SIZES LISTED BELOW.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
1B AWG
16 AWG
14 AWG
12 AWG
SO AWG
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE,
BLACK & VEATCH r(16) r'
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
U :::T
CABLE SPECIFICATION 3111-17
TYPE.
SPEC D-b_---_-_
7200 F MULTIFIPLE AfRTHERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION CABLE 4804
PROJECT
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: ANSI C96.1 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMEKT THERMOCOUPLES, IPCEA S-61-402
CONDUCTOR: 16 AVG
INSULATION: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, IPCEA 5-61-w}2, 3•B, 30 MILS NOMINAL THICKNESS
LAY: APPROXIMATELY 2 INCHES 18 SHIELD: DRAIN PWIRE. 100BPERASEENTLCOVER OYEPAT'INSULATEONCONDUCTORS, SNIfDD TAPE ONPPARR
LY OTHER BPAIR E APPLIED IN SUCH A WAY AS TO GIVE TOTAL SHIELD ISOLATION
ASSEMBLY
ASSE B
,JACKET: CONDUCTOR; NONE CABLE ASSEMBLY; BLACK POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: SEE "CABLE DETAILS" BELOW
PAIR IDENTIFICATION: EACH PAIR NUMBERED
CABLE DETAILS COLOR CODE
CABLE
CONDUCTOR MATERIAL
CPNDIKTOR A:SSEMBLY
SSEMB
ACKET
ANSI po •Ikl NEGATIVE
TYP1 I'451TVVE NEGATiYf,
Jx pEO ?LACK
IRON CONSIANTAN WS-IE NK CmRCYM£L ALUMEL YELLOW RED 1ELLOW
CONSTANTAK BLUE RED BLUE
TX COPPER
CABLE SIZE JALPILT THICKNESS
CABLE S'1E JACKET THICKNESS P U RS+ MILS
PAIRSI MILS) 60
NS 10 60
12 6 60 16 60
ANSI TYPE REQUIRED Kx
HIS isTIA STANDARD AN ALOW CONSTRUCTION WITH MTHE MANUFACTURER; TMEREFORE, THIS CABLE SHOULD FDA T ORDERED
MANUFACTURER
OENORON PRODUCTS DIVISION OF SAMUEL MOORE AND COMPANY,
BLACK & VEATCH
CONSULTIVID ENGINEERS
nAa£ct
CABLE SPfC i F I CAT ICE 31s-18
TYPE K__-..---
SINGLE PAIR TNfRMOCOUPLE £xTENS10N CABLE SPEC- U-8904
200 F PROJECT----
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCf; ANSI 096.1 TENPfRATURi MEASUREMENT THLPHOCOUPLES, IPCEA S-61-002
CONDUCTOR: 16 AWG
INSULATION; POLYVINYL CHLORIDE. IPCEA S-61-1102. PART 3.8, 30 MILS NOMINAL THICKNESS
LAY; APPROXIMATELY 2 INCHES
SHIELD: CABLE ASSEMBLY: COMBINATION ALUMINUM - MYLAR TAPE AND 1B AWG COPPER
ORA1N WIRE. 100 PER CENT COVER OVER IASULATEO CONDUCTORS AND ORAIN WIRE.
JACKET: CONDUCTOR: NONE CABLE ASSEMBLY, 210AMILS NOMINAL THICKNESS
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: SEE 'CABLE DETAILS' Bi'.TW• -
CABLE DETA I LS
ccloR cuoE
CONDUCTOR MATERIAL. 01ILL
crojpjr LOP ASSEMBLY
ACKET
ANSI Pfi•t,,i Yti..,r,V'1
TYPE Po91tIvE nFWnvT
xMITE RED BLACK
JX iROx CONSTAN;AN
Y EI LOW RED YELLOW
As CNROMEI ALUME'.
CONSTANTAN BII!P Orr% PLUE
TA tOPPER
ANSI TYPE REQUIRED KX
,
THIS IS NOT A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION WITH THE MANUFACTURER; THEREFORE, THIS CAW SNOULO
d£ ORDERED IN FINE TO ALIOV FOR SPECIAL MANUFACTURE,
MANUFACTURER
PRODUCTS DIVISION OF SAMUEL MOORE AND COMPANY.
KDEKORON
Co
iVLnlo EpOIlIEEI{f
CABLE SPtLC I F I CAT I ON 3ID-19
TYPE M -
N00 CABLE SPEC D
F SINGLE PAIR TkERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION
PROJECT 4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: ANSI 096.1. TEMPERATURE MEASURENtNT THERMOCOUPLES
CONDUCTOR: 20 AWG
INSULATION: PSBEST FLOA NOT N LESS THAN THAN BIMILS41CK WITH SILICONE INPREGNATtO CAROEO THICK
LAY: APP90XIMATELY 2 INCHES
SHIELD: TINNED COPPER WIRE, 34 AWG, SERVED OVER TWISTED PAIR WITH A NOMINAL 90 PER CENT COVER
JACKET: PEP TEFLON. NOT LESS THAA 10 MILS THICK
ARMOR: NDNE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIf ICATIDN: SEE "CABLE DEYAItS' BELOW
CABLE DETAILS
COLOR CODE
CONDUCTOR MATERIAL CABLE
CONDUCTOR ASSEMS0
ANSI POSITIVE NEGATIVE JACKET
TYPE POSITIVE ■EG►TIVE
WHITE RED BLACK
JX If 0% CCASTANTAN
YELLOW REID YELLOW
KX CHROMEI ►IUMEI
ANSI TYPE REQUIRED Kx
J
MANUFACTUREF
OEKORON PRODUCTS DIVISION CF SAMUEL MOORE AND COMPANY. TYPE MCMX
BLACK & VEATCH -~'tV4
CONtyl me ENCiNEEiiS
DR/ CABLE SPEC1f 1CATION 31B-20
TYPE
600 VOLTS SEVEN CONDUCTOR INTERCOPM%tCATION LABLE SPEC PROJECT 490'+
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: NONE
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND UNCOATED COPPER
INSULATION: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE: SUITABLE FOR USE AT A MAAIMUM CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE OF SOS
SHIELDT NONE
JACKET: CONDUCTOR; NONE. CABLE ASSEMBLY: BLACK 1011111.1 CMLORIGE. SO MILS THICK.
OVER A MYLAR COYER TAFE
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IPCEA S-61-402. PART S, MET?-.)u COMPOL41 SEC COL,R C^OE F w
CABLE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR SUB- SUB-ASSEMBLI CC%CP COD'
CABLE NO.CF SIZE 40. OF INSUtATIr,N ASSEM?Lr C:NOr." Q
SUB-ASSEMi-Y CONOUCTOF; IAVG STPANDS Th'CK% SS LAY FIRS, SECCNO THIRD
NC•ta INCHES
1 2 11! 10 O,C32 2 BLArv .QF(M
2 3 i8 it 0,02 2 FED ^:ANGE SLUE
3 2 14 41 0 0)2 3 Bt+CF r,MITE
THE APOVE CONDUCTOF5 SHALL BE T1,ISTEr AND !4A' INTO A UYIFORMLY h'L%: CAB-E.
MANUFACTURER
GA1-140NICS CORPORATION TYPE 1416-1
BLACK & VEATCN
CONSULTING ENBINEEASi
C~ CABLE SPFCIFICATION
11 A-21
TYPE {RMM~
SPEC _ D`
600 VOLTS SINGtE CONDUCTOR LIGHTING CABLf PROJECT 490 _
STANDARD SPEClt!CATION
REFERENCL' IPtEA 5-19-81
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND COATED COPPER: STRAND CLASS 8: MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 90 C
INSULATION: CMLOROSULFONATED POLYETKYLENE
SKIELD: NONE
JACNET NONE
ARMON: NONE
C A DOCTOR IDENTIFICATION IPCEA 5-19.81. PART S, METHOD 1-COLORED COMPOUNDS.
ITS; THE WIRE SMALL MEET THE VERTICAL FLAME TEST RiQUIREMENTS PER [KEA ' 19-81. PA;.6.19.6
r SLE DETAILS N000TC INSULATION
^.k
SIZE OF TIo.s;MESS
+A ; OR MCM S741405 INCHES
12 1 0.047
10 1 0.047
A DURABLE HARMING SRA;t BE PR,VIDEO C4 QFACE. ;f THE CAE. aT INTERVALS hGT EACEEDING
24 INCHES. MAP%ING SHALL INCLUDE MAN.~A,TUaER'S MA'4t, INSULATIN i MATER, AL. C'~NDUCTOR S'ZE
I ND VOLTAGE CLASS.
LABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE ONLY ABLE CON TRLCTi0%k CONTAINING CONDUCTORS OF THE
SIZES LISTED BELOW.
INSULATION COLOR CODING SH1 L EE IN ACCORDA•Ct. WITH NEC.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
12 Am"i
10 AV,
CONDUCTOR RfDU REMENTS ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
t~tAMUFACTURER
ANACONDA WIRE AND CABLE COMPANr NICON OR APPROVED EJAL•
r ACK & VEATCN
comsurnkY HIiwips
% CABLE. SPECIFICATIONS 31E-22
TYPE (AF S
300 VOLTS SINGLE CONOUCTOR FIXTURE CABLE SPEC
PROJECT_4904
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
REFERENCE: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES STINDARO 62. NFPA NO. 10 IREC'
CONDUCTOR: STANDARD ROUND UNCOATED COPPER: MAxIMUM OPERATING TEMPERA' ISO C
INSULATION: UL 62, CLASS 19, IMPREGNATED ASBESTOS
SMIELD: NONE
JACXET., NONf
ARMOR: NONE
CONTUCTOR IOENTIFICATION: NONE
CA8LE DETAILS
CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHFS NEC
SIZE NO. OF CONDUCTOR TYPE
IAWG' STRANDS' INSULATION DESIGNATION
16 16 .032 AF
16 26 .032 AF
IN 41 .032 AF
12 65 c,u
00. OF STRANDS NOT IN ACCORDANCE rITM UL 62.
'.ABLE DETAILS DESCRIBE ONLY CABLE CUNSTRUCTIONS CONTAINING CONDUCTORS OF THE
;17(5 LISTED 1ELOV.
CONDUCTOR SIZE3 COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION $MEET.
19 AWG
16 AVG
14 AVG
12 AWO
i
CONDUCTOR SIZES REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
BLACK & VEATCH "d -A r
CONSULTING E0014EFAS
CABLE :.NEC I F 1 CATION 31B-23
TYPE (I MW)
SPEC __P_g
0 10LT5 SINGLE CONDUCTOR LIGHTING CABLE PROJECT '+904
D SPECIFICATION
FWERENCE.
IPCEA S-61-402 STANDARDTUREUN75 D `NCOATED COPPER; STkANO CLASS B; MAXIMUM OPERATING
INSULATION: POLYVINYL CH0111 DE IPCEA S-61-402• PART 3,9
SNIELO: NONE
JACKET; NONE
ARMOR: NONE
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: IPCEA S-61-402, PART S. METHOD 1-COLORED COMPOUNDS
CA$1 E DETAILS CONDUCTOR THICKNESS - INCHES
SIZE NO,OF CONDUCTOR
IAWG OR MCM STRANDS INSULATION
12 THRU 10 1 3/64
B THRU 2 7 4,64
1 THRU 4/0 19 51,611
250 THRU Soo 11 6!64
750 THRu 1000 61 7,64
A DURABLE MARKING SMALL BE PROVIDED ON THE SURFACE CF THE CABLE AT INTEFYALS NOT EXCEEDING
24 INCHES. MARKING SHALL INCLUDE MANLAACTURER'S NAHL, INSULATING MATERIAL, CONDUCTOR SIZE
AND VOLTAGE CLASS.
CABLE DETAILS DESCR$SE ONLY CABLE CONSTRUCTIONS CONTAINING CONDt,CTORS Of THE
517ES :ISTED BELOW.
INSULATION COLOR CODING SMALL BE IN ACCOR04KCE WITH NEC.
CONDUCTOR SIZES COVERED BY THIS SPECIFICATION SHEET
2 AWG 250 M'M
1 Awc )DO McM
t12o A AVc I'D Awc 350 McM
t O Awc Boo McM
6 B A AWG 3D AWG ISO MC+I
'
N AWG N 0 Awc 1000 McM
CONDUCTOR SITES REQUIRED ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE,
BLACK & VEATCH COO - I-/'` 7-it
+i CONtUITINN ENOiNEER=
® CABLE SPECIFICATION 31B-24
Project No.
Project and Location
Oais
circuit Designation
A-c factory Test voltage
1 D-C TEST DATA 0-C Test Voltage Conductor Polarity -
Phase 1 Phase 2 Pnase 3 Years
cable installation: New Used
Time Started Cable: Slze Length feet
Current Na oper. 6Y Lrd, Ungrd.
S test volt. KY
20 Rated Cable voltage -
40 Insulation wall
60 pe Thickness)
90 Conductor Jacket wall
100 (Type J Thickness)
Time in Minutes After 109% Test voltage is Applied Shield
T (Type)
1
2 Ceb1e Manu lure
9 temperature Numldlty -
a Type Terminations
5 5911ce a Location
6
T
0 Rema s a fault LOC800n
9
10
IS `
12 Note: Increase voltage at a uniform rate (20%
19 of test voltage every 1s seconds) until test
le voltage Is reached. If leakage curr.nt rises
t5 rith steady or decreasing voltage, drop the
kvDC after 1 kin. DQCay voltage qulckly to prevent cable breekd0vn
unless breakdown Is vented to tocste fault.
too Microamperes (pa) = .1 milli a
TEST CURVE
N / h
4 VJs
~G
, V
c
J J
L
U
D 20 40 60 d0 100 0 1 2 3 A 5 6 1 A 9 10 11 12 U 14 15
% Test voltage lime in Minutes After 1001 Test voltage is Applied
BLACK & VEATCH dLE M ARCH 10, 1071
141
TYPICAL TEST CUE 31B-25 RVE
fOR HIGH VOLTAGE POWER CA
Project and Location Project No.
Circuit Designation Data
A-C Factory Test Voltage
O-C TEST DATA
Conductor Polarity
-C Test Voltage
D
Phase 1 Phase 2 Phas: 3
• Cablr installation; New Used Years
Time Started Cable: Slre length Feet
N Oiler. KV Grd. Ungrd.
S Test Volt. KY Current a
20 gatol Cable Voltage
00
insulation wall
(Type 6 Thickness)
69
s9
Cc buclor Jacket wall
loo (Type 6 thickness)
Time in Minutes After toot Test Voltage is Applied Shield (Type)
1
2 Cable Manufacturer
) Temperature- Humidity
A Type Terminations
S
6 Type splice a location
7
6 penarks 6 Fault location
9
10
it
12 Note: increase voltage at a unifore rate (201
1) of test voltage every 15 seconds) until test
tat voltage is reached- If leakage current rises
tS with steady or decreasing voltage, drop the
KVDC after 1 Mln, Decay voltage quickly to prevent cable breakdown
unless breakdown Is wanted to locate fnult.
100 MlCroamperts (qua) _ .1 Milliampere
TEST CURVE
i
c a
~ f t t t ~ t t s ~_-s_!
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 1 2 ) a s 6 7 A 9 10 11 12 1) SY 15
S Test voltage time In Minutes After 1001 Test Voltage Is Applied
BLACK VEATCH
CONSULTING ENIINEE#S
U CABLE TEST DATA 31B-26
Section 31C - GROUNDING
31C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of
grounding materials.
31C.2 MATERIALS. All grounding materials required shall be furnished
new and undamaged in accordance with the following requirements:
Rods 3/4 inch 10 foot copperclad
sectional type Copperweld, Blackburn
or approved equal
Cable
Bare Soft drawn copper, Class B stranding,
ASTM B3
Insulated Soft drawn copper, Class B stranding
with not less than 3/64 inch thick
green colored polyvinyl chloride
insulatiun IPCEA S-19-31
Bus and bars Soft copper, cross section not less
than 1/8 inch thick by one inch wide,
ASTM B187
Thermite welds Molds, cartridges, materials,, and
accessories as recommended by the
manufacturer of the molds for the
items to be welded. Cadweld heavy-
duty or approved equal. Molds and
powder shall be furnished by the same
manufacturer
Flush ground plates Cadweld S-3300 M-2754, S-3688 or
approved equal.
All clamps and other hardware of iron or steel used with the grounding
system shall be hot-dip galvanized. Bolts, washers, and nuts shall be
hot-dip galvanized steel or approved type of stainless steel.
31C.3 INSTALLA,710N. Grounding system materials shall be installed ac-
cording to the drawings and following requirements.
31C.3.1 Ground Grid. Ground grid conductors under buildings or struc-
tures shall be buried with at least 6 inches of earth cover. Buried
grounding conductors extending beyond the foundations of buildings or
structures shall have at least 18 inches of earth cover.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - U-8) 31C-1
042971
31C.3.2 Ground Rods. All ground rods shall be located as shown on the
drawings and driven to the depth indicated. Where the required ground rod
length exceeds 10 feet, standard sections shall be welded together to
provide an extened rod with one true centerline and a minimum of joint
resistance.
31C.3.3 Conductors. Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicu-
ously in vertical or horizontal positions on supporting structures. When
located on irregular supporting surfaces or equipment the conductors shall
run parallel to or normal to dominant surfaces.
Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment surfaces shall be
kept in close contact with those surfaces by using fasteners located at
intervals not to exceed 3 feet.
Damaged ground system conductors shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor as directed by the Engineer,
31C.3.4 Connectionu. All connections shall be made by the thermite
process except where c.ther-wise shown on the drawings or specified. Manu-
facturer's in=truct'ons on the use of thermite materials shall be fol-
lowed i,i all details. All surfaces to be covered by the thermite welds
shall be thoroughly cleaned. Paint, scale, and other deleterious sub-
stances shall be removed fror surfaces of ungalvanized structural steel
members by grinding. Galvanized steel surfaces si.all be cleaned with
emery paper. Powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until used.
All thermite connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows.
Any connection which fails such test or which upon inspection indicates a
porous or deformed weld shall be remade.
Where flush ground plates are to be embedded in the concrete, the plates
shall be carefully located and firmly secured to the forms. The ground-
ing cable shall be thermite welded tj the plate.
All bolted and screwed connections shall be securely tightened.
31C.3.5 Conduit Grounding. All grounding bushings within all enclosures,
including equipment enclosures, shall be wired together and connected
internally to the enclosure grounding lug or grounding bus with bare
copper conductor. Grounding bushings 1-1/2 inches and smaller shall be
grounded with 8 AWG conductors. Grounding conductors sized in accordance
with NEC shall be used with all other grounding bushings.
(DENTON$ TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31C-2
042971
Where conduit runs are terminated at tray and the conduit carries a
separate grounding conductor the ground conductor in the conduit run
shall be continued through the conduit bushing ground connection and
terminated on the tray grounding cable.
31C.3.6 Tray Grounding. A bare grounding conductor shall be installed
the entire length of cable trays where indicated on the drawings. The con-
ductor shall be connected to each tray section and the tray ground system
connected to the station grounding grid as shown on the drawings.
31C.3.7 Equipment Grounding. All electrical equipment shall be grounded.
Large equipment such as metal-clad or metal-enclosed switchgear will be
furnished with a grounding bus. Most other equipment will be furnished
with grounding pads and/or grounding lugs. All ground connections shall
be cleaned immediately prior to connection. The Contractor shall provide
all grounding material required but not furnished with the equipment.
Where the ground conductor is included with the power conductors in the
motor circuit raceway, a compression type ground conductor termination
shall be used and connected to the motor frame inside the motor terminal
conduit box.
Where the ground conductor is not included with the power conductors in
the motor circuit raceway, the motor frame shall be grounded to the near-
est building steel or to the ground grid as shown on the drawings.
Suitable grounding facilities, as approved by the Engineer, shall be
furnished on motors not so equipped. The grounding facilities shall
consist of compression type ground conductor termination boltee to the
motor frame and providing a minimum of point resistance.
The conduiti system is not considered to be a grounding conductor except
fur lighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be smaller in size
than 12 AWG unless it is a part of an approved cable assembly.
31C.4 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE. All ground resistance measurements
shall be made with a three terminal "megger" type ground tester which
applies alternating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading
in direct current ohts. Two reference grounds shall be used and all
tests shall be made in accordance with instrument manufacturer's instruc-
tions for ground resistance testing.
Prior to connection of grounding electrodes to the grounding system the
Contractor shall obtain individual measured ground resistance data for
s.:lected electrodes as shown on the drawings. These data shall be obtained,
:'entified, and recorded under the supervision of the Engineer and sent
to him within 5 days.
The Contractor shall furnish, install, and connect grounding electrodes
as the Engineer may direct. Extra work required per electrode unit will
be reimbursed the Contractor according to the unit price quoted in the
Proposal,
(DrENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31C-3
042971
Section 31D - LIGHTING
31D.1 GENERAL. This section covers tha furnishing and installation of
lighting materials and equipment.
31D.2 LIGHTING MATERIALS. Lighting material and wiring devices shall be
furnished in accordance with the following articles.
31D.2.1 Transformers and Panels. All lighting transformers and panels
shall be as specified in Subsection 30B1 and 30B2 respectively of these
specifications.
31D.2.2 Fixtures. Lighting fixtures shall be as specified in the light-
ing fixture schedules shown on the drawings.
31D.2.3 Cable. The following cable types for use in lighting circuits
shall be provided in accordance with Cable Specification Sheets included
in Section 31B of these specifications:
Cable Type Lighting Circuit Use
RHH 90 C Where fluorescent fixture channel is
used as a raceway
AF Fixture connections
THW Where 10 AWG and 12 AWG cables are
required
D Where sizes larger than 10 AWG are
required
31D.2.4 Fixture bupports. All lighting fixture supports, hangers, clamps,
and fasteners required shall be provided.
31D.2.5 120 Volt Receptacles. Receptacles provided shall be of the follow-
ing manu facture and catalog number or approved equal:
Receptacle Catalog No.
Type Manufacturer
Sin,11a Sierra 1260X
Duplex Sierra 1460X
Clock outlet Sierra 2143
31D.2.6 Switches. Switches provided shall be 20 ampere 120/277 volt
totally enclosed tumbler type with side connected screw type terminals,
phenolic compound housing and operating levers, and single mounting yoke
design. Single and two pole switches shall be indicating. Switch as-
semblies including pocelain or ceramic materials in the assembly are not
acceptable.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 31D-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971
All switches shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved for incandescent
and fluorescent (inductive) lighting loads to their full rated capacities.
Switches used for switching direct current shall be 30 ampere 125 volt
T-rated ac/dc switches.
Switches of ti;e following manufacture and catalog number or approved equal
switches shall be provided:
Switch Type Manufacturer Catalog No.
Single pole Sierra 5021X
Three way Sierra 5023X
Two pole Hubbell 2924
31D.2.7 Device Plates. Device plates shall be provided for all device
boxes according to the drawings and the following specifications.
31D.2.7.1 Device Plates for Finished Areas. Single and multigang
device plates for wiring devices installed in flush mounted boxes in
finished areas (offices etc.) shall be Type 430 satin stainless steel
alloy 18-8, not less than 0.06 inch thick with beveled edges, Sierra
or approved equal.
31D.2.7.2 Device Plates for Unfinished Areas. Device plates for light
switches installed in surface mounted cast metal hoxee in unfinished areas
shall be formed sheet steel, not less than 0.067 inch uncoated thickness,
coated with zinc or cadmium, shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories
Standard UL 514, and shall be Appleton, or approved equal.
Cast aluminum device plates with e;aing loaded cast alumirnao covers shall
be furnished for single receptacles and for weatherproof installations,
in lieu of the device plates specified in the preceding paragraph. These
device plates shall be designed for mounting on FS boxes, shall have metal
parts other than the plate and lift cover made of stainless steel or monel
metal, shall be furnished with mounting screws and gaskets and shall be
Hubbell 7420 or approved equal.
31D.2.8 Lamps. Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures. Lamp replace-
uent, whenever burnouts occur, shall be continuous until the date of com-
mercial operation.
All incandescent fixtures shall be group relamped immediately prior to
the Contractor leaving the fob site unless otherwise directed by the
Owner.
31.D.2.9 Lighting Contactors. Lighting contactors shall be as specified
on the drawings and in Section 308 CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT.
(I)ZNTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31D-2
042971
31D.3 INSTALLATION, Lighting equipment, material, and wiring devices
shall be installed according to the drawings and the following specifica-
tions.
310.3.1 Fixtures. Each complete fixture shall be secured to its sup-
port assembly. This work includes but is not limited to all special
drilling, assembling, disassembling, reassembling, and wiring.
Fixture maintenance shall be continuous until the date of commercial
operation. All fixtures shall be cleaned immediately prior to the
Contractor leaving the job site unless otherwise directed by the Owner.
31D.3.1.2 Location. Fixture locations shown on the drawings are approxi-
mate and shall be coordinated with other work in the name area to pre-
vent interference between lighting fixtures and piping or other equipment.
Any fixture shall be relocated if, after installation, it is found to
interfere with other equipment or is so located to prevent its practical
and intended use. No fixture shall be located to prevent the full. use of
any accessway beneath a removable grating or slab.
I
31D.3.1.3 Alignment. Fixtures installed ir+ rows shall be carefully
aligned vertically and horizontally. Li,hting fixtures and outlet boxes,
mounted on building steel, shall be centered on the beam flanges or webs,
except where deviations are required to avoid interference with piping
or miscellaneous steel.
31D.3.2 Lighting Panels. All lighting panels shall be installed so that
circuit breakers are not more than 6 feet above the finished floor or
grade. Panels shall be installed in accordance with the following articles,
which are based on NEMA Publication 42-82: "Instructions for the Installa-
tion, Operation and Care of Panelboards".
31D.3.2.1 Cabinets. The cabinets shall be leveled and securely fastened
to the mounting surface, utilizing all of the mounting holes provided in
the panelboard cabinets. The mounting surfaces shall be adjusted as
required to maintain the cabinets in a true vertical plane.
31D.3.2.2 Panel Interior. Each cabinet shall be installed, conduits
connected, and wires pulled before the panel interior is installed. Each
panel interior shall be carefully inspected, all connection and mounting
screws tightened, and mounted in the cabinet using all of the mounting
provisions furnished. The panelboard interior shall then be connected,
with wires tightly secured in the terminals provided and with unnecessary
lengths of wire eliminated. Wiring shall be neatly arranged in the gut-
ters. A heavy cardboard panel front shall be temporarily secured to the
front of the panelboard to protect the interior from dirt or damage until
the permanent metal front is installed,
(DENTON; TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31D-3
063071
31D.3.2.3 Panelboard Fronts. Each panelboard front shall be carefully
aligned and adjusted until its edges are parallel to the panelboard in-
terior and the building lines and then firmly secured with the fasteners
provided.
The directory shall be accurately and neatly completed to permit ready
location of the protective devices controlling circuit loads.
31D.3.3 Wiring Device Mounting Heights. Unless otherwise shown on the
drawings wiring deviaas shall be mounted the following distances above the
finished floor:
Wiring device Location Distance above floor
(inches)
Receptacles
Single All locations 36
Duplex Offices and finished areas 8
All other locations 36
Switches All locations 48
31D.3.4 Lighting Conductors. The following requirements shall apply to
the installation of lighting conductors in addition to applicable instal-
lation procedures specified in Section 31A for power and control conduc-
tors:
At least 6 inches of free conductor shall be left at each
outlet except where the conductor loops through an outlet
without splice or connection.
rixture wire shall be used to connect all incandescent
lighting fixtures. The fixture wire shall be installed
in the circuit between the lighting circuit outlet box and
the fixture terminal.
Wires to be spliced shall be twisted together prior to
installation of the connector.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )JO
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31D-4
063071
I
Section 31E - INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
31E.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation
of a complete inter-communicat?on system.
The intercommunication system shall be of the two channel type utiliz-
ing handset stations, speakers, and amplifiers interconnected with spe-
cial cable and race4ay as shown on the drawings and as specified in the
following paragrPphg.
One channel shall bo a common-talking paging circuit and the other a
common-talking part;, line circuit.
Voice paging shall be accomplished from any handset through all speakers
in the system with automatic speaker muting provided where required to
prevent acoustic colpling between adjacent handset and speaker units.
When the paging circuit is used for communication all speakers except
those automatically muted shall carry all sides of the conversation.
Party line conversation shall be accomplished frow any handset to any
combination of handsets in the system, utilizing the transmitters and
receivers in the handsets and muting all speakers to the conversation.
All speakers shall be available for paging during the use of the party
line circuit.
The equipment furnished shall be GAI-Tronics Corporation Transistorized
Communication System, Type GTC.
• 31E.2 ARRANGEMENT, The drawings furnished to the Contractor will show the
approximate location of each speaker and handset.
31E.3 EQUIPMENT ALD MATERIAL. The Contractor shall provide all
intercommunication equipment required for a complete intercommunica-
tion system in accordance with the drawings and the following specifica-
tions.
31E.3.1 Enclosures. Each station unit in the intercommiu.cication system
shall be mounted in a NEMA enclosure designed for the use and environ-
ment at the unit location. All metallic enclosures shall be fitted for
direct connection of rigid metallic conduit and shall be designed for
wall or column motnting unless otherrise specified.
Enclosures for incloor service shall be fabricated of sheet steel with
welded joints arritnged to be duattight. Enclosures for outdoor service
shall be of the cast metal type with gasketed doors for weatherproof
use.
Enclosures for hazardous areas shall be cast: metal with bolted covers
as approved for o e individual area of location.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 31E-1
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
042971
r
31E.3.2 Handsets Each handset shall be an assembly of transmitter,
receiver, cord, and connections mounted in a tough plastic enclosure
selected to provide maximum resistance to breakage.
The transmitter shall be of a low impedance, close talking, dynamic type,
with an adjustable receiver power attenuator and a dust and breath
moisture filter. The attenuator aujustment shall be easily available
for maintenance but shall be inaccessible to unauthorized personnel.
The receiver shall be of the high efficiency dynamic type.
The cord for connecting the handset to the station unit shall be a length
of rubber insulated cable, approximately 6 feet 'n length, except as noted
on the drawings, with an overall neoprene jacket preformed into a tight
coil approximately 12 inches in length and molded to retain the coil re-
traction spring shape. Metal springs or other mechanical retractors are
not acceptable.
31E.3.3 Channel Selector Switch. The channel selector shall be a two
position, push-button, or bat-handle toggle operated switch with
momentary contact in the "Page" position and spring return to "Party
Line" position.
31E.3.4 Speakers. All speakers shall be either re-entrant horn type or
direct radiation type.
31E.3.4.1 Re-entrant Horn Speakers. All re-entrant horn speaker sta-
tions shall be complete with amplifiers, all movrAing hardware, and con-
necting conduit required to properly mount the devices at the locations
shown on the drawings.
The mounting hardware shall be designed to allow wide horizontal and
vertical adjustment of the speakers after mounting and shall provide
for secure locking after final orientation. Re-entrant horn speakers
shall have a projector dispersion angle of approximately 80 degrees, a
maximum low frequency cutoff of 150 hertz, and an equivalent air column
length of 3-1/2 feet. The speakers shall be rigid metallic construction,
properly damped to prevent ringing and objectionable resonant peaks.
Driver units shall be of the 25 watt, permar;ent magnet type, with a sub-
stantially flat frequency response from 90 to 6000 hertz and a voice coil
impedance of 16 ohms at 1000 hertz.
The sound pressure of the projector shall bpi approximately 90 db (Ref-
erence Level-0.0002 dynes per square centimeter) at a distance of 30
feet on the center axis at 10001 hertz in a free field input of one watt.
The diaphragm shall be fabricated from nonmet,illic material.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31E-2
063071
31£.3.4.2 Direct Radiation Speakers. X11 direct radiation speakers
shall be of the alnico permanent magnet, cone type, 6 or 8 inches in
diameter as required with an 8 watt output, a frequency response of
60 to 8500 hertz, and a voice coil impedance of 8 ohms.
The speakers shall be wall, panel, or ceiling mounted and shall be
equipped with 360 degree etched aluminum defusion baffles arranged for
flush mounting. The baffles shall be finished in satin aluminum with
a baked-zinc chromate primer coat and baked white enamel finish coat.
• The baffles, complete with all mounting hardware and speaker protective
enclosure, shall be Lowell Model STL-8A or approved equal.
31E.3.5 Amplifiers. All amplifiers shall be of a sturdy compact con-
struction employing transistors and printed circuitry with replaceable
components mounted in self-aligning plug-in modules. Each amplifier
shall be provided with the following features:
Amplifier Use
Handset Speaker
Power supply 105-125 volts, 60 hertz, ac
Fuse 1/8 ampere 112 ampere
Power consumption 1.5 watts
Zero signal 4 watt
Maximum signal 28 watts
Ambient temperature range Minus 30 C to plus 10 C
Circuit class A Push-pull B
Input impedance, transformer 10 ihms 100000 o'ams,
coupled 1,5 volts maxi-
mum output
Gain 60 db 48 db
Output impedance, transformer 33 ohms, 8 and 16 ohms
coupled 2.0 volts
maximum
Frequency response 200 to 6000 250 to 5000 hertz
hertz
Power output 12 watts
(DENTON, TLXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - U-8) 31E-3
042971
Amplifier Use
Handset Speaker
High frequency attenuation
Control Internal
Range To 3500 hertz
Controls, location Concealed but accessible without
removing amplifier from enclosure
Type Gain and Volume
receiver
volume
Handset station amplifier shall provide an output designed to drive
speaker amplifiers on the page channel and other handset station ampli-
fiers on the party line channel.
Speaker amplifiers shall provide an output designed to directly drive
cone or horn type loudspeakers.
31E.3.6 Cable. Cable for the interconnection of the intercommunication
units shall be Type L a* specified on Cable Specification S!ieet in Section
31B.
31E.3.7 Raceway!. All intercommunication circuits shall be run in a
rigid conduit system separate from other power, control, and lighting
Tact.-; systems except as shown on the drawings.
31E.4 INTERCOM. NICATION SYSTEM STATION UNITS. All intercommunication
system station units as specified herein and as shown on the drawings shall
include the following equipment arranged and enclosed according to the
type of station and enclosure required.
31E.4.1 Indoor Surface Mounted Handset Station Model 600D and 700. All
indoor surface mounted handset stations shall consist of one NEMA I gasketed
type enclosure arranged for wall or column mounting and including the follow-
ing devices mounted on the front panel:
1 - Hang-up switch
1 - Handset complete with re,-1'%1;t,-bi.e cord
1 - Push-button "Page-Party ~t,rc" :;119etor switch
1 - Amplifier, handset stati.,A cypr., mounted on the back of
the panel
1 - Station nameplate
1 - Set of terminal blocks, 8 point, barrier type, and
amplifier receptacle, both mounted inside on the back
surface of rte enclosure
1 - Amplifier, speaker type, mounted on the back of the panel
(on combination handset-speaker stations Model 700 only.)
.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTF.ICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31E-4
063071
31E.4.2 Indoor Flush Mounted Handset Station Model 615D and 715. All
indoor flush mounted handset stations shall include the following features:
1 - NEMA 1 gasketed type enclosure arranged for flush mounting in
a panel or wall and including the following devices mounted
on the front panel;
1 - Hang-up switch
1 - Handset comp).:te with retractable cord
1 - Push-button "Page-Party line" selector switch
- Station nameplate
1 - Lot of special cable with receptacle for plugging into
the amplifier
1 NEMA 1 gasket%A type amplifier enclosure arranged for surface
mounting in the vicinity of the flush mounted station above and
including the following equipment:
1 - Amplifier, handset station type, mounted on the back
of the panel
1 - Plug, flush mounted a-n the front surface of the panel
1 - Set of terminal blocks, 8 point, barrier type, and
amplifier receptacle, both mounted on the inside back
surface of the enclosure
31E.4.3 Desk ToR Handset Station Model 620D. All desk top handset stations
shall include the following:
1 - Desk top handset hang-up cradle and base with the following
equipment:
1 - handset complete with retractable cord
1 - Push-button "Page-Party line" selector switch mounted
in the upper front surface of base
1 - Speaker volume control mounted in the back surface of the
base
1 - Cone type speaker mounted inside the base
1 - Lot of special cable with receptacle for plugging into the
amplifier
1 - NEMA 1 gasketed type amplifier enclosure equipped the same as
the amplifier enclosure specified previously for "Indoor Flush
Mounted Handset Stations".
31E.4.4 Outdoor Weatherproof Handset Station Model 630D and 730. All
outdoor weatherproof handset stations shall include a cast metal enclosure
complete with a gasketed hinged cast metal door and the same equipment as
• specified for "Indoor Surface Mounted Handset Stations" all mounted on a
removable panel mounted inside the weatherproof enclosure.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31E-5
042971
Section 31F - FREEZE PROTECTI,QN
31F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and field installation
of complete freeze protection of designated outdoor piping and equipment.
31F.2 MATERIALS. Freeze protection material shall conform to the require-
ments of the following articles.
31F.2.1 Teflon Insulated Heating Cable. This heating cable shall be two
conductor solid core alloy, teflon (TEE) insulated with a fiber glass
jacket. The insulated conductor shall have a braided stainless steel
sheath. The cable shall be Type TEK heating cable as manufactured by
Thermon Manufacturing Company.
31F.2.2 Termination Kits. Each teflon insulated heating cable circuit
shall be terminated with a field installed hot-to-cold splice kit as
available from Thermon Manufacturing Company (Houston, Texas). The kit
shall be Thermon Catalog Number CETK. Hot end terminations shall be made
with Thermon Catalog Number HETK kit. Heater cable T-splices shall be made
with Thermon Catalog Number TSK kit.
31F.2.3 Banding Material. The heating conductors shall be baaded to the
pipes on 1 foot centers, maximum. The banding material shall be 1 Inch
wide Thermon Catalog Number IT-40 banding.
~IF.2.4 Thermostat. A freeze protection thermostat shall be furnished
and installed for controlling freeze protection system. It shall be spst,
in NEW. gasketed enclosure, Temperature range 35-250 F, complete with
stainless steel bulb and 10 feet of stainless steel capillary tubing. The
thermostat shall be Thermon E435250.
31F.2.5 Junction Boxes. Junctirn boxes shall be of sheet aluminum 15
inches wide by 16 inches high and 8 inches deep. All of these boxes shall
have raintight construction and shall be complete with two 12-circuit ter-
minal blocks. These terminal blocks shall be States Company Type NT. Each
box shall be complete with nameplate.
31F.2.6 Control Panel. The control panel shall consist of a NEMA Type 1
enclosure approximately 24 inches wide, 36 inches high and 10 inches deep
having a hinged front cover and filtered ventilating louvers.
The following equipment shall be mounted on the front cover.
5 - Indicating lights, 120 volt, with red transparent lenses
General Electric, Cat. No. CR104C322 or approved equal
1 - Selector switch with escutcheon marked, hand-Off-Auto, General
Electric Cat. No. CR104B222 or approves equal
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31F-1
04297.1
1 - Aueter, 0-15 ampere range, General Electric Cat. No.
50-171141NDND or approved equal
20 - Push-buttons, 600 volt, 10 ampere, 2 NO and 2 NC momentary
contacts, General Electric Cat. No. CR294OUA203F
6 - Terminal blocks, 12 point States Company Type NT
27 - Engraved nameplates
1 - Lot of wiring as required to interconnect the equipment
mounted on the cover inside the panel
The nameplates shall be nade of laminated black and white plastic •iith the
black on the outside. Tne lettering shall be bLId, not less than 1/4 inch
square, engraved by cutting through the black outside layer so that the
letters appear white. Nameplate engraving, wi:l be furnished later.
The panel interior shall be finished with gloss white enamel and the
outside surfaces shall be finished with ANSI 61 indoor gray paint.
31F.3 TEFLON INSULATED HEATING CABLE INSTALLATION. Heating cable shall be
installed in accordance with the details shown on the drawings and as speci-
fied herein.
31F.3.1 General. Depending essentially upon the diameter of the pipe, at
the point of application of the heating cable, the cables shall be run
parallel with the pipelines (sraller, low operating temperature pipes) or
shall serpentine or spiral the pipe. Details of each method are shown on
the drawings.
Piping with Class I insulation allows the heating cable to bE placed In
direct contact with the metallic pipe. Piping with Class A or Class C
insulation requires that the heating cable be placed between layers of
pipe insulation. The latter insulation system consists of two layers of
pipe insulation with a double layer of aluminum foil between the layers
of insulation. The heating cable and the hot-to-cold splice shall be
installed between the double layer of aluminum foil. The system is de-
signed such that heat transfer cement is not required.
Heating cable length requirements for various pipe sizes are tabulated on
the drawings.
Pipe insulating material shall be furnished and installed under other
specification.
31F.3.2 Routing. Each individual freeze protection circuit shall originate
in one cf~the Contractor-furnished Junction boxes. Rigid conduit shall be
run to a point near the penetration of the piping insulation by the hot-
to-cold splice stainless steel flexible conduit. The flexible conduit shall
enter the conduit system through an appropriate conduit fitting. The cir-
cuits from the freeze protection junction boxes to the cold section splice
are not included in the Circuit Schedule.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31F-2
042971
31F.3.3 Termination of Heating Cables. After the heating cable has been
installed, the conductors of each cold section shall be terminated at ad-
jacent terminals on a terminal strip within the associated junction box.
Only one cold section conductor shall be connected at a terminal.
The Contractor shall list the following information on junction box terminal
block forms.
Circuit identification numbers and related pipe
identification number(s)
Measured resistance and temperature of each heating cable
Measured lengths of hot and cold section for each heating cable
The completed terminal block forms shall be submitted to the Field Engineer
and will be use(; by the Engineer as a basis for preparing connection dia-
grams which will be furnished to the Contractor for completion of junction
box connections.
31F.3.4 Coordination with Raceway Installation Requirements. All applicable
parts of Section 31A pertaining to raceways shall be Qmployed in the freeze
protection work.
31F.3.5 insulation Testing. After installation and after pipe insulation
has been installed, each heater circuit leaving the freeze protection junction
boxes shall be tested between conductors and ground with a 500 volt megger.
Any circuit which fails to give a good megger reading as defined under
"Conductors" in Section 31B shall be repaired or replaced.
31F.4 MINERAL INSULATED CABLE TERMINATION. Five instrument tubing cables
furnished under other specifications will be complete with two-conductor,
special alloy, 300 volt, mineral insulated and copper sheathed caiile for
freeze protection. The Contractor shall splice this cable in accordance
with the following articles and extend these circ_its using standard MI
cable to the freeze protection junction boxes.
31F.4.1 Splicing. Power to heating cable must be supplied through standard
safety MI cable. Splicing the Mi heating cable to standard MI cable shall
be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The splicing proce-
dure shall be generally as follows:
Strip approximately 2 inches of copper sheath from both the
heating cable and standard cable.
Slip a copper sleeve over the heating cable. Slip insulating
sleeves over each conductor and a splice insulating sleeve over
each of the standard MI conductors.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 )
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 31F-3
042971
Using a compression tool and associated connectors splice
and silver solder the conductors as required. Slip the splice
insulating sleeve over the compression fittings. Check to see
that all conductors and splices are insulated.
Slip the copper sleeve over the splice. The sleeve must overlap
the copper sheath of both the heating cable and the standard cable
for at least 2 inches. Crimp each end of the sleeve in three
places.
All splices shall be exposed. End terminations shall be in a manner similar
to that described above for splices and shall extend at least 1.0 inches out-
side the pipe insulation.
31F.4.2 Supports. Exposed standard safety MI cable runs greater than two
feet shall be supported and protected by structural steel members, by rigid
conduit or by small steel channels. Where structural steel is used to
support and protect the safety MI cable, small clips shall placed at
intervals not to exceed 3 feet to secure the cable to the inside of the
structural steel flanges.
31F.5 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION. Each junction box shall be located
approximately as shown on the drawings and shall be installed so the ter-
minal strips inside will be in a vertical position. Boxes shall be secured
to structural steel with 3/8 inch machine screws. The structural steel
shall be drilled and tapped for the screws. Where necessary the Contractor
shall furnish and install angle iron or other steel supports welded to the
structural steel for supporting the boxes.
31F.5.1 Identification. Each cable shall be tagged at each exposed section
with wire and cable markers ar, described under "Conductors" in Section 31B.
31F.5.2 Pipes to be Heated. The pipes to be heated will be listed by the
Engineer and the list will be furnished later to the Contractor.
31F.6 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING OF WORK. The freeze protection installa-
tion work shall be carefully coordinated with thi erection of piping and
equipment covered under separate specifications, for Mechanical Construction.
The Contractor shall schedule the freeze protection work so that the installa-
tion of heating cable can be finished in the shortest possible time after
each section of piping to be freeze protected has been erected. This re-
quires that the Contractor shall locate junction boxes as shown on the
drawings and measure the required heating cable lengths immediately after
a section of piping has been erected. After measurements have been made,
the Contractor shall immediately order the heating cable and take all pos-
sible action to assure prompt shipment and installation. While this won:
may extend over many weeks, each individual circuit must be completed in
the minimum of time to avoid excessive delays in the application of the
piping insulation.
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 } 31b'-4
{ELECTRICAL CONSTRUC HON - D-8}
042971
L.
The mechanical contractor will identify those sections of piping which
will require freeze protection by tagging and marking them immediately after
installation.
31F.7 INFORMATION TO THE CONTRACTOR. The Engineer will furnish the follow-
ing information to the Contractor:
Freeze Protection Schedule listing pipes to be protected,
their size and temperature requirements, and piping drawing
reference. The Contractor will add to this form the measured
lengths and resistance of installed heating cable. There will
be listed approximately 20 pipes that will require freeze
protection.
Applicable piping Flow Diagrams
Freeze Protection System Terminal Block Schedule Forms. These
forms shall be completed by the Contractor for each freeze
protection junction box. Interconnections in the junction boxes
will be determined by the Field Engineer.
31F.8 LISTING OF ITEMS TO BE FREEZE PROTECTED. The following lists the
piping to be freeze protected and defines the limits of freeze protection
for, each piping system. All outside portions of the piping listed which
Pre within the limits specified shall be freeze protected. Valves and
piping accessories within the piping to be freeze protected shall be
freeze protected.
Superlieater outlet pressure transmitted sensing line from
the drum enclosure to the superheater header
Power control valve pressure transmitter sensing line
from the drum enclosure to the superheater header
House servica water from the drum enclosure to the
operating deck
Desuperheater water from the desuperheater to the
building wall
Control air to SSV-1, SSV-2, and SSV-4 from the
operating deck
Pressure sensing piping from 36 inch circulating water
piping to pressure gauges P-26 and P-27
Control air to CRV-6 and CRV-25 from the building wall
(DENTON, TEXAS - 4904 ) 31F-5
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8) 042971
Demineralized water piping at storage tanks including
level transmitters 5LX-60 and 5LX-61 sensing lines
Cooling tower makeup piping at C.T. basin
Circulating water line for acid mixing at cooling tower
31F.9 BASIS OF BID. The Contractor shall use the following descriptions
of items to be freeze protected to determine material required for bidding
purposes.
Insulation Thickness (Inches)
Calcium Fiber
Pipe Pipe Silicate Glass
Pipe Size Length Insulation Inner Outer
Description (inches) all tit (feet) Class Layer Layer
Steam 1 2 30 A 2 1
Water 8 3 10 I 1
Water 3 2 10 1 1
Water 2 1 100 C 1-1/2 1
Water 2 2 6 1 1
Water 1 1 35 I 1
Water 1 3 15 I 1
Air 1/2 5 20 1 1
Include approximately 20 feet of cold lead heater cable per heating circuit
for bidding purposes.
(DENTONO TEXAS - 4904 ) 31F-6
(ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION - D-8)
063071
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
THIS 13 TO CERTIFY Mat the following polities, subbed to fheir farms, conditions and esdasions, have been issued by this company:
This Is not a policy of insurance, not is if an •ndw>remaal making the person, Arm or corporation at whose request It Is Issued an additional Insursl
on the policy oryRlicies referred to herein. In the event of cancellation of any such policy or policiot, the company win endeavor to giro the ?rincipol
named hotel" 1.~... days wriffen notice pia fo concellolioo. If Me number as days is not stated herein, then the maelmum period of notice shall be
Avg isl days.
NAME AND ADDRESS OF PARTY TO WHOM CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED
City of Denton, Texas Empire Electric Company, Inc.
Denton, Texas 2804 Bledsoe
Fort Worth, Texas 76101
L J
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION LIMITS OF LIABILITY-
NUMBER' DATE DATE
Workmen's CompensoKon WC 606478 1/l/71 1/1/72 Statutory
In conformance with the Compete-
. cation Law of the State of
Texas & ...Oklahoma
S 100 000. Each Person
,fuabi°ry
Scd GA 130720 /1/71 1/1/72 S 300 000, EachAc6dent
8od~y injury $ 300, 000. Aggregate Produch
S 50,000, Emit Accident
S 100, 000 . AggreyMo Operations
P'btc L;ability GA 130720 /1/71 1/1/72
Property Domoge $ 100,000. Aggreq4 Profedl e
$ 100, 000. Ag9te9afe Prodccfs
All $ 1000 000. Agq,egah Controctvof
$ 100, 000. Each Peron
Automobile !Boddy Injuryt GA 130823 /1/71 1/1/72 S 300,000.
Each Acs idenf
Awfomoblle (Property Domogt) GA 130823 171 1/1/72 S 50 000. EachAcc:dent
Comprehensive $110001000.
Catastrophe Liabilit DCL 488275 /1/71 1/1/72 S Single Limit
s
s
s
F K,10a.DA J. T 'Absence at any appropriate entry means as such insurance III In force.
REMARKS: For: Denton Municipal Electric Generating Station, Unit 5, Denton, Texas
w
Dates .10-15_-71 International, Insurance, Company
Bryce e8o air"~R9'>yhsen
MR,
BY-
6 1-
1